Send us Fan Mail

There is a LOT of camera gear out there. Bodies, lenses, bags, tripods, filters, memory cards, drones, studio lights — and it can feel like you need to spend thousands of pounds before you've earned the right to call yourself a photographer. You don't. Not even close. In this episode I cut through all of it and tell you exactly what a beginner photographer actually needs, what can wait, and what you can safely ignore entirely. 📷

In this episode we cover:

● 📷 Tip 1 — The camera body: why it matters less than you think

● 🔭 Tip 2 — The lens: this is where your money should actually go

● 📐 Tip 3 — The tripod: do you actually need one, and when?

● 💾 Tip 4 — Memory cards: the unsung essential nobody talks about

● 🔋 Tip 5 — Batteries: no battery, no photos — it really is that simple

● 🔵 Tip 6 — Filters: mostly not for beginners (with one exception)

● 🔆 Tip 7 — Lens hoods: the most underrated bit of kit you own

● 🔵 Tip 8 — Lens caps: free, essential, and easily overlooked

● 🎒 Tip 9 — The camera bag: carry what you actually use, nothing else

● 🚫 Tip 10 — The gear you don't need yet: drones, studio lights, second bodies, super-zooms

📖 Full episode blog post and transcript:

Argh. Why Is There So Much Camera Gear? Please Help Me!

🎙️ Related episodes worth listening to:

Episode 236 — Why It Is 3 Times Harder to Choose a Camera Bag Than a Sandwich Bag — the full story behind what you heard today, and how to choose a bag that actually works.

Episode 237 — What — I Have to Clean My Camera Gear? Really? — because once you know what gear to own, you need to know how to look after it. [link to be added]

Episode 235 — Do I Really Need a Tripod? Really? Why Rick, Why? — the full tripod answer, in full.

Episode 152 — How My One Photo Rule Will Help You Take Better Photos — not gear related, but directly relevant to taking better photos.

🎧 Next episode — and this one will make you look at your kit lens in a completely different way 💝

Your kit lens has a little label on it that says something like 18-55mm f/3.5-5.6. If you've ever looked at that and thought: what on earth does any of that mean — Episode 239 is your answer. Publishing Friday 14th August 2026 at 11am UK. Subscribe and you won't miss it.

📺 Find me on YouTube by searching Rick McEvoy — full episodes and Shorts every fortnight.

🌐 Everything else — courses, resources, weekly email and lots of other good stuff: rickmcevoyphotography.com

📚 My courses: rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses

🛠️ My resources page: rickmcevoyphotography.com/resources

And you can text me directly from the podcast feed — how utterly splendid. 💝

My brand new course Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico, will teach you exactly how to get out at sunrise and come back with photos you love all told in plain English. it includes real footage of me photographing an actual sunrise in Mexico with an entry level camera. Find out more at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

If you want to start taking stunning sunrise photos, and why wouldn't you, check out my Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico course at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

🧹 Your camera gear is dirty. And dirty gear is quietly affecting your photos in ways you might not even notice — a smudge on the lens that softens everything, a speck of dust on the sensor that shows up in the same spot on every single sky you shoot. In this episode I cover exactly what to clean, how to clean it safely, and — probably most importantly — what not to do. Because the damage usually comes from cleaning too aggressively, not from leaving things alone.

In this episode:

• 📷 Tip 1 — How to clean your camera sensor, including what to do when the built-in cleaning function isn't enough

• 🔍 Tip 2 — How to clean your front lens element without causing scratches — and why the blower always goes first

• 📦 Tip 3 — The camera body: a five-minute job that's worth doing every time

• 🔋 Tip 4 — Contacts, straps and filters — the bits it's easy to skip

• 👜 Tip 5 — Why your camera bag needs cleaning too, and how grit transfers straight onto your gear

• 🧹 Tip 6 — The only camera cleaning kit you actually need

📖 Full show notes and blog post: How to Clean Your Camera Gear (And What to Leave Alone)

Related episodes:

Episode 167 — How To Care For Your Photography Gear - This Is What I Do

Episode 191 — How Do I Take Care Of My Camera Lenses?

Episode 193 — How Do You Take Care Of A Camera Sensor?

💝 Next episode — the bag is sorted, the gear is clean, and somehow there's still more camera stuff than you know what to do with. That's the question coming up next: Argh. Why Is There So Much Camera Gear? Please Help Me! Publishing Friday 31 July 2026.

📺 Find me on YouTube by searching Rick McEvoy

🌐 rickmcevoyphotography.com

📚 Courses

🔧 Resources

My brand new course Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico, will teach you exactly how to get out at sunrise and come back with photos you love all told in plain English. it includes real footage of me photographing an actual sunrise in Mexico with an entry level camera. Find out more at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

If you want to start taking stunning sunrise photos, and why wouldn't you, check out my Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico course at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

🎒 Did you know there are 31 types of camera bag? One of them is a sandwich bag. Yes, really.

I used to carry a massive bag full of gear to my local park. Waterproof zips and everything. For boats I never went on. Seven lenses. Four batteries. Two speedlites. Snacks for a week. I was 10 minutes from home.

The penny dropped in Delph Woods in Poole on 30th December 2016 at 15:37. I used one lens. I always used one lens. The rest came along for the ride and stayed in the bag.

Choosing a camera bag is three times harder than choosing a sandwich bag. Here's how to get it right.

🎙️ What's in this episode

🚫 Tip 1 — There is no perfect bag — and you might need more than one
✍️ Tip 2 — Be honest about what you actually need — write the list before you buy
🏔️ Tip 3 — Match the bag to the shoot — mountain vs 100 yards from the car
🗂️ Tip 4 — 31 types of camera bag — all listed in the blog post. One is a sandwich bag.
📏 Tip 5 — Size matters — but bigger is absolutely not better
🤝 Tip 6 — The right bag just feels right — almost like a friend
🥪 Tip 7 — The cheese and pickle sandwich rule — the only test you need

📖 Full blog post + all 31 camera bag types

Read the full episode guide — rickmcevoyphotography.com

🔗 Related episodes

Episode 230 — Shiny New Camera? Calm Down and Do This First

Episode 235 — Do I Really Need a Tripod? Really? Why Rick, Why?

💝 Next episode

You've got a camera. You've got a bag to carry it in. Now I'm going to tell you that you have to clean it. Yes, really. 😱

Episode 237 — What — I Have to Clean My Camera Gear? Really? — Friday 17th July at 11am. Don't miss it.

📺 Find me on YouTube

Search Rick McEvoy on YouTube for the full video version of every episode. Utterly splendid.

🎓 Courses and resources

All courses — rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses

Gear, software and tools I actually use — rickmcevoyphotography.com/resources

💬 Text me from the podcast feed

Found your perfect bag? Got a question? Text me directly from the podcast feed. I'd love to hear from you. How utterly splendid. 😊

My brand new course Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico, will teach you exactly how to get out at sunrise and come back with photos you love all told in plain English. it includes real footage of me photographing an actual sunrise in Mexico with an entry level camera. Find out more at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

If you want to start taking stunning sunrise photos, and why wouldn't you, check out my Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico course at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

🎙️ Do you actually need a tripod? Not the answer every photography guide gives you — the honest one. Sometimes yes. And sometimes, genuinely, no. In this episode, I'll tell you exactly when each is true, what to look for if you decide to buy one, and the single most common tripod mistake — and it has nothing to do with the tripod itself. Whether you're thinking about buying your first tripod or wondering why the one in the cupboard never gets used, this episode will give you a straight answer in plain English.

📋 In this episode:

1️⃣ Your photo is blurry and you don't know why — here's what a tripod actually fixes

Start here. Understand exactly what a tripod does — and how to tell whether it would have fixed your blurry photo.

2️⃣ Two situations where a tripod stops being optional

Low light and long exposures. If either of these is on your photography list, a tripod belongs in your kit.

3️⃣ Good light and fast subjects? You probably don't need one

The honest other side of the conversation. In good daylight with image stabilisation, you often don't need a tripod at all.

4️⃣ Right, you've decided you need one — here's what to actually look for

Stability, load capacity, ball head vs pan-tilt, leg locks, height. Everything that actually matters when you're choosing.

5️⃣ The alternatives worth knowing about

Monopod, beanbag, natural supports. These are more effective than most photographers realise — and often more practical than a full tripod.

6️⃣ The cheap tripod problem

A wobbly tripod is worse than no tripod. Here's why cheap is false economy, and how to spend wisely.

7️⃣ The most common tripod mistake — not taking it with you

The best tripod is the one that's actually there when you need it. Buy for your real photography life, not your imaginary one.

📖 Full guide and show notes:

rickmcevoyphotography.com — Episode 235 show notes

🎙️ Related episodes:

Episode 96 — Do You Want To Know How To Take Photos On A Tripod?

Episode 234 — Oh No. Another Blurry Photo. Here's How to Stop It Right Now.

💝 Next episode:

What gear do you actually need as a beginner? Not what the photography industry wants you to buy — what you actually need, and what to completely ignore. Episode 236 publishes Friday 3rd July 2026. Subscribe now so you don't miss it.

▶️ Find me on YouTube by searching Rick McEvoy.

🌐 Website: rickmcevoyphotography.com

📚 Courses: rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses

🔧 Resources: rickmcevoyphotography.com/resources

My brand new course Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico, will teach you exactly how to get out at sunrise and come back with photos you love all told in plain English. it includes real footage of me photographing an actual sunrise in Mexico with an entry level camera. Find out more at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

If you want to start taking stunning sunrise photos, and why wouldn't you, check out my Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico course at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

📷 Another blurry photo? Before you delete it — zoom in. In this episode I walk through the three types of blurry photo — camera shake, subject motion, and focus blur — how to diagnose which one you've got, and exactly what to change to stop it happening again.

What We Cover

Diagnose First — What Kind of Blurry Are You Looking At? Three types, how to tell them apart, and why getting the diagnosis right matters
Camera Shake Blur — Your Shutter Speed Is the Problem. The 1-over-focal-length rule, the 1/60th floor, and how to use EXIF data to find the answer
Subject Motion Blur — Something Moved While the Shutter Was Open. Why you often need to go faster than you'd expect
Focus Blur — Your Camera Focused on the Wrong Thing. Single-point autofocus and the half-press that locks it in
Check How You're Holding Your Camera. Technique makes a bigger difference than most people realise
Check Your Shutter Speed First, Every Time. The one setting that fixes two of the three types
Auto ISO — Let the Camera Help You Get a Sharper Photo. And why a noisy photo always beats a blurry one

Blog Post
Episode 234 — Oh No. Another Blurry Photo. Here's How to Stop It Right Now.

Related Episodes
Episode 224 — Why Are My Photos Blurry? All the Reasons and How to Fix Them

Episode 89 — Camera Shake — What Is It And How Do I Stop It Happening?

Next Episode 💝
Do I Really Need a Tripod? Really? Why Rick, Why? — Episode 235, Friday 19 June 2026.

Find Me
🎥 Search Rick McEvoy on YouTube

🌐 rickmcevoyphotography.com

📚 Courses: rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses

🛠️ Resources: rickmcevoyphotography.com/resources

My brand new course Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico, will teach you exactly how to get out at sunrise and come back with photos you love all told in plain English. it includes real footage of me photographing an actual sunrise in Mexico with an entry level camera. Find out more at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

If you want to start taking stunning sunrise photos, and why wouldn't you, check out my Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico course at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

Are you holding your camera like a cheese and pickle sandwich? 🥪 One hand, casual, not really thinking about it?

In this episode, Rick covers six practical techniques that will make your photos sharper — starting the moment you pick up your camera. No kit required. No settings to change. Just how to hold, how to stand, and how to breathe. All of it free. All of it doable today. 📸

In this episode 🎙️

How to grip your camera with your right hand (and why most beginners get this wrong)
Why your left hand is your best camera stabiliser — and how to use it properly
How using your viewfinder creates a third point of contact — and makes you a human tripod
Why tucking your elbows in reduces camera shake more than you'd think
How foot position and stance affect your camera stability
The breathing technique that gives you sharper photos instantly

Full episode and show notes 📖

Are You Holding Your Camera Like a Cheese and Pickle Sandwich?

Related episodes 🎧

Episode 93 — How Do You Hold a Camera Properly? This Is Very Important!

Episode 89 — Camera Shake — What Is It and How Do I Stop It Happening?

Next episode 💝

You've sorted your grip. You're holding the camera properly. You press the shutter. And then — oh no. Another blurry photo.

Episode 234 — 'Oh No. Another Blurry Photo. Here's How to Stop It Right Now.' — out Friday 5th June 2026.

Find me online 🌍

RickMcEvoyPhotography.com

Courses — rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses

Resources — rickmcevoyphotography.com/resources

YouTube — find me by searching Rick McEvoy 🎬

Text me from the podcast feed if you have questions or want to share how you get on. How utterly splendid. 🤝

I've been Rick McEvoy. Thanks for listening to my small but perfectly formed podcast. Take care. Stay safe. Cheers! 👋

My brand new course Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico, will teach you exactly how to get out at sunrise and come back with photos you love all told in plain English. it includes real footage of me photographing an actual sunrise in Mexico with an entry level camera. Find out more at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

If you want to start taking stunning sunrise photos, and why wouldn't you, check out my Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico course at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

📸 About This Episode

You’ve come home from a shoot with hundreds of photos on your camera — and no system for what to do next. This episode is that system. Seven practical steps you can follow in about thirty minutes after every shoot. By the end, your photos are safe, organised, selected, and improved. And you’ve learned something for next time.

📋 The Seven Steps

Get the photos off your camera the same day — not tomorrow
Create a simple Category > Year > Location folder structure and use it every time
Do a ten-minute first cull — delete the obvious disasters
Pick your one best photo from the whole session
Back up before you go to bed — every single time
Edit your best photo properly — not everything
Write down one thing you would do differently next time

📖 Read the Full Guide

Everything is on the blog: rickmcevoyphotography.com/blog/post-shoot-photography-workflow

🔗 Related Episodes

Episode 46 — Step by Step Guide to How I Get the Photos Off My Camera Safely and Securely

Episode 152 — How My One Photo Rule Will Help You Take Better Photos

Episode 198 — How to Organise Digital Photos on Your Computer

🎬 Next Episode

Episode 233 — Are You Holding Your Camera Like a Cheese and Pickle Sandwich? — Friday 22 May 2026

🌐 More From Rick

Website, courses, resources and weekly email: rickmcevoyphotography.com

YouTube: search Rick McEvoy

Courses: rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses

Resources: rickmcevoyphotography.com/resources

My brand new course Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico, will teach you exactly how to get out at sunrise and come back with photos you love all told in plain English. it includes real footage of me photographing an actual sunrise in Mexico with an entry level camera. Find out more at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

If you want to start taking stunning sunrise photos, and why wouldn't you, check out my Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico course at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

📸 You’ve got the camera. You’ve found something worth photographing. Now what? In this episode, Rick walks through the seven steps that happen between picking up your camera and pressing the shutter — the process that determines whether your photo is sharp, well composed, and actually what you intended. Practical, in order, and immediately usable.

🎟️ In this episode:

Hold the camera with both hands — every single time — Right hand on the grip, left hand under the lens. Both hands reduce camera movement and reduce blur.
Look through the viewfinder — When you look through the viewfinder you have three points of contact with the camera. Far more stable than holding it out to look at the screen. Use the viewfinder.
Compose the frame before you focus on anything — Composition is a creative decision. Make it first. Focus is a technical one — make it second.
Half-press the shutter button to focus — never stab it — Two stages: half-press to focus, check it’s on the right thing, then gently press fully.
Stand still. Breathe out slowly and shoot — Breathing is movement. Movement is blur. Stand still, breathe out slowly, and shoot.
Check the shot you just took — every single time — Playback immediately. See what you got. Adjust if needed. Delete rejects at your computer, not in camera.
Take one great photo and move on — Usually the first photo is the best one. Take your time, get it right, and move on. This is the one photo rule.

📝 Full show notes: rickmcevoyphotography.com/blog/how-to-actually-take-a-photo

🎙️ Related episodes:

Episode 93 — How Do You Hold a Camera Properly? This Is Very Important!

Episode 152 — How My One Photo Rule Will Help You Take Better Photos

⏭️ Next episode: Episode 232 — I’ve Got Hundreds of Photos on My Camera — Now What? — Friday 8 May 2026.

🌐 Website, courses and resources: rickmcevoyphotography.com

📺 YouTube: Rick McEvoy on YouTube

My brand new course Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico, will teach you exactly how to get out at sunrise and come back with photos you love all told in plain English. it includes real footage of me photographing an actual sunrise in Mexico with an entry level camera. Find out more at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

If you want to start taking stunning sunrise photos, and why wouldn't you, check out my Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico course at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

📸 About This Episode

You’ve just got a new camera. The excitement is real — but most cameras come out of the box in a state that will cause you problems at exactly the moment you most want to take photos. In this episode, Rick walks you through seven quick setup steps — about twenty minutes in total — that get your camera properly ready before you take a single shot. Perfect for anyone who’s just unboxed their first camera, or who wants to start things off the right way.

✅ The 7 Setup Steps

Charge the battery fully before your first shoot — and order a spare battery today. One battery is never enough.
Format the memory card inside the camera using the camera’s own menu — not your computer, not by deleting files. It sets the card up in exactly the right way for your specific camera.
Set the date and time correctly in the camera settings. Every photo is stamped with the date and time it was taken — that stamp is how you find photos later.
Set image format to RAW and JPEG. Start working with JPEG files straight away, and have those RAW files ready for when you’re ready to edit them.
Set image quality to the highest setting your camera offers — Fine, Large, or equivalent. Storage is cheap. Quality matters.
Spend ten minutes with the first chapter of the manual. Just ten minutes. Know where the controls are before you go out.
Put it in Auto mode and go and take some photos. Build confidence. Build enthusiasm. That takes you further.

📝 Full Show Notes and Blog Post

Read the full episode notes and transcript: Episode 230 — Shiny New Camera? Calm Down and Do This First

🔗 Related Episodes

Episode 225 — I Just Got My First Camera — What Do I Do in the First Week?

Episode 228 — How to Know If You’re Ready to Move from Phone to Camera

Episode 229 — What Can an Entry Level Camera Really Do?

🗃️ Next Episode

Episode 231 — Camera. Check. Something to Photograph. Check. Now How Do You Actually Take the Photo? — publishes Friday 24 April 2026.

🎦 Support the Podcast

Get the video version of every episode on Patreon: patreon.com/c/rickphoto

🌐 Find Rick

Website: rickmcevoyphotography.com

Courses: rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses

Resources: rickmcevoyphotography.com/resources

YouTube: Search ‘Rick McEvoy’

My brand new course Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico, will teach you exactly how to get out at sunrise and come back with photos you love all told in plain English. it includes real footage of me photographing an actual sunrise in Mexico with an entry level camera. Find out more at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

If you want to start taking stunning sunrise photos, and why wouldn't you, check out my Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico course at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

📸 Think you need an expensive camera to take great photos? You really don't. In episode 229 of the Photography Explained Podcast, I take my entry level Canon R100 to Mexico for two weeks — kit lens only — and come back with portfolio-worthy images. Under £500 of gear. Real conditions. No tricks.

In this episode I reveal 7 things an entry level camera can genuinely do brilliantly — and the results might surprise you.

💡 THE 7 THINGS COVERED:

1️⃣ It produces genuinely excellent photos — right out of the box

2️⃣ The kit lens is a much better starting point than you think

3️⃣ Programme mode is a perfectly valid way to shoot

4️⃣ It handles low light significantly better than your phone

5️⃣ A tripod unlocks a whole new level of what's possible

6️⃣ Auto Exposure Bracketing helps you handle tricky light

7️⃣ It will make you a better photographer

🔗 USEFUL LINKS:

📝 Blog Post (Full Episode Text)

🌄 Mexico Portfolio — Shot on the Canon R100

🎓 Photography for Beginners Hub Page

📖 RELATED EPISODES:

• Episode 228 — How to Know If You're Ready to Move from Phone to Camera

• Episode 225 — I Just Got My First Camera, What Do I Do in the First Week?

• Episode 106 — Programme Mode: What Is It? Is It OK For Me to Use It?

• Episode 160 — What Is Auto Exposure Bracketing (AEB)?

• Episode 60 — What Is a Kit Lens?

🌐 My Website: https://rickmcevoyphotography.com

📺 YouTube Channel: Rick McEvoy Photography

🎓 My courses page

📚 Resources Page

💬 GET IN TOUCH:

📧 Subscribe to my weekly email at rickmcevoyphotography.com

💬 Text me directly from the podcast feed

🔔 Subscribe so you don't miss future episodes

🎧 NEXT EPISODE:

Episode 230 — Your New Camera: What to Do Before You Take a Single Photo 📷

You've got your first camera. What now? Before you press the shutter once, there are some things worth doing first. See you in a fortnight! 👋

Thanks for listening to the Photography Explained Podcast! 🙏

I'm Rick McEvoy — a professionally qualified photographer (ABIPP) based in England 🏴 with a lifetime of photographic experience, which I share with you in my splendid podcast. 📸 💝

Stay safe. 🛡️ Cheers from me, Rick! 🍻

My brand new course Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico, will teach you exactly how to get out at sunrise and come back with photos you love all told in plain English. it includes real footage of me photographing an actual sunrise in Mexico with an entry level camera. Find out more at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

If you want to start taking stunning sunrise photos, and why wouldn't you, check out my Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico course at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

📸 Is your phone holding your photography back — or is it you? In episode 228 of the Photography Explained Podcast, I’m sharing seven honest signs that tell you whether now is the right time to move from your phone to a camera. And if it isn’t quite the right time yet, I’ll tell you exactly what to do instead.

In this episode you will learn:

📱 Sign 1. You keep running into the limits of your phone camera — zooming in that turns to mush, photos that blur in dark rooms, moments you miss because your phone just can’t keep up.

🌸 Sign 2. You want proper control over blurry backgrounds — not the faked portrait mode version, but real optical depth of field that you actually create yourself by controlling your aperture.

🌙 Sign 3. Low light photos keep disappointing you — why small sensors are fighting against physics, and what a camera with a larger sensor genuinely gives you.

💡 Sign 4. You’ve already learned the basics of composition on your phone — because a camera won’t make you a better photographer, only practice does.

🤔 Sign 5. You’re genuinely curious about how cameras work — and why that curiosity is the best predictor of whether you’ll thrive with a camera or leave it in a drawer.

⏰ Sign 6. You’re ready to invest time, not just money — the thing that catches most people out.

🌱 Sign 7. You want to grow as a photographer, not just capture moments — the most important question of all.

Whether you’re a phone photographer wondering if the time is right, or you’re already sold on a camera and want to know what to do next, this episode will give you a clear, honest answer.

📝 Find the full episode blog post here: How to Know If You’re Ready to Move from Phone to Camera

🎙️ Related episodes:

Episode 7 — What Camera Should I Buy? — the best place to start once you’ve decided you’re ready.

Episode 212 — Creative Use of Depth of Field: Blurry Backgrounds, Sharp Subjects — if blurry backgrounds are what’s pulling you towards a camera, this is the episode for you.

Episode 225 — I Just Got My First Camera — What Do I Do in the First Week? — the perfect follow-on episode once you’ve made the move.

➡️ Next episode: 10 Things to Know Before Buying Your First Camera. Out Friday 27th March 2026.

🎞️ Want to watch the full podcast video? It’s exclusively available to my Patreon supporters. Head over to my Patreon page to find out more.

🌐 Visit rickmcevoyphotography.com to ask questions, get my weekly email, or get in touch.

🎓 Find my courses at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses, including a brand new beginner sunrise photography course, filmed on location in Mexico.

🗺️ Explore my resources page at rickmcevoyphotography.com/resources.

📺 Find me on YouTube - search Rick McEvoy.

My brand new course Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico, will teach you exactly how to get out at sunrise and come back with photos you love all told in plain English. it includes real footage of me photographing an actual sunrise in Mexico with an entry level camera. Find out more at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

If you want to start taking stunning sunrise photos, and why wouldn't you, check out my Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico course at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

Your photos are sharp and well-exposed — but they look weirdly orange or horribly blue. Here's how white balance works and how to fix it. 📸

This is one of those photography settings that nobody really explains to beginners. But once you understand it — and it really doesn't take long — you'll stop wondering why your photos look a bit off and start knowing exactly what to do about it. 💡

📚 IN THIS EPISODE YOU'LL LEARN:

✅ What white balance actually is (and why it matters)

✅ Why your indoor photos look too orange 🟠

✅ Why outdoor photos sometimes look too blue or cold ❄️

✅ When to trust Auto White Balance (and when not to)

✅ How to use white balance presets on your camera

✅ How to fix white balance perfectly when you shoot RAW

✅ The grey card trick that professionals use for perfect colour 🎨

Whether you're using a camera or your phone, this episode will help you understand one of photography's most fundamental settings and fix your colour problems for good. 📱📷

💡 THE 7 TIPS COVERED:

1️⃣ What White Balance Actually Is — and Why It Matters

2️⃣ Why Your Indoor Photos Look Too Orange

3️⃣ Why Outdoor Photos Sometimes Look Too Blue or Too Cold

4️⃣ How to Use Auto White Balance — and When to Trust It

5️⃣ How to Use White Balance Presets on Your Camera

6️⃣ How to Fix White Balance in Editing When You Shoot RAW

7️⃣ The Grey Card Trick — Your Secret Weapon for Perfect White Balance

🔗 USEFUL LINKS:

📝 Blog Post (Full Episode Text)

🎓 Photography for Beginners Hub Page:

📖 RELATED EPISODES

• Episode 226 - Why Are My Photos Too Dark? Understanding Exposure for Beginners

• Episode 4 - What Is The Exposure Triangle?

• Episode 21 - What Does Exposure Mean In Photography?

• Episode 225 - I Just Got My First Camera - What Do I Do in the First Week?

🌐 My Website: https://rickmcevoyphotography.com

📺 YouTube Channel: Rick McEvoy Photography

🎓 My courses page

📚 Resources Page

💬 GET IN TOUCH:

📧 Subscribe to my weekly email at rickmcevoyphotography.com

💬 Text me directly from the podcast feed

🔔 Subscribe so you don't miss future episodes

🎧 NEXT EPISODE:

Episode 228 - How to Know If You're Ready to Move from Phone to Camera 📱➡️📷

It's not just about money. It's about whether you actually need one, and whether you're ready to make the most of it. See you in a fortnight! 👋

Thanks for listening to the Photography Explained Podcast! 🙏

I'm Rick McEvoy - a professionally qualified photographer (ABIPP) based in England 🏴󠁧󠁢󠁥󠁮󠁧󠁿 with a lifetime of photographic experience, which I share with you in my splendid podcast. 📸 💝

Stay safe. 🛡️ Cheers from me, Rick! 🍻

My brand new course Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico, will teach you exactly how to get out at sunrise and come back with photos you love all told in plain English. it includes real footage of me photographing an actual sunrise in Mexico with an entry level camera. Find out more at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

If you want to start taking stunning sunrise photos, and why wouldn't you, check out my Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico course at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

Ever wonder why your photos come out so dark you can barely see what you shot? You take a photo of something brilliant - a stunning sunset, your mate pulling a funny face, your dinner that actually looks restaurant-quality for once - and when you look at the result, it's so dark you might as well have taken it in a cave. Frustrating, right? 📸 This episode explains exactly why photos come out dark and gives you seven practical tips to fix it once and for all.

In this episode, you'll learn:
✅ How bright backgrounds fool your camera into making everything dark
✅ Why shooting into the light creates silhouettes (and how to fix it)
✅ How shutter speed, aperture, and ISO affect exposure
✅ The magic of exposure compensation - your "make it brighter" button
✅ Why you need enough light in the first place
✅ How to read your camera's histogram like a pro
✅ When and why to use a tripod for perfect exposure

Whether you're using a camera or your phone, these seven tips will transform your photography. From understanding exposure compensation to reading histograms, you'll have all the tools you need to never take a mysteriously dark photo again.

📸 What You'll Learn:

✅ Tip 1: Your Camera is Being Fooled by Bright Backgrounds

✅ Tip 2: You're Shooting Directly Into the Light

✅ Tip 3: Your Camera Settings are Working Against You

✅ Tip 4: You Need to Use Exposure Compensation

✅ Tip 5: You're Shooting in the Wrong Light

✅ Tip 6: Learn to Read Your Camera's Histogram

✅ Tip 7: Use a Tripod

📱 For Phone Photographers:
Everything applies to phone cameras too! Tap on your subject before shooting, slide your finger up to make it brighter, and remember that light is still everything. That one tap solves 70% of dark photo problems!

🔗 Related Episodes:

Episode 224, Why Are My Photos Blurry? All the Reasons and How to Fix Them

Episode 225, I Just Got My First Camera - What Do I Do in the First Week?

Episode 11, What Is Exposure Compensation, How Do I Use It? And Why Is It So Useful?

Episode 164, Understanding Histograms In Photography

⭐️ Next Episode:
Episode 227 - Why Are My Photos the Wrong Colour? Understanding White Balance

🎯 Your Action Step:
This weekend, deliberately photograph something in front of a bright window or with the sun behind it. First, take the photo without any adjustments - just point and shoot. Then try again, but this time tap on your subject (phone) or add +2 exposure compensation (camera). Compare the two photos and see the difference!

🌐 Website

🎓 Courses

📺 YouTube: Search "Rick McEvoy" on YouTube

My brand new course Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico, will teach you exactly how to get out at sunrise and come back with photos you love all told in plain English. it includes real footage of me photographing an actual sunrise in Mexico with an entry level camera. Find out more at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

If you want to start taking stunning sunrise photos, and why wouldn't you, check out my Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico course at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

You've just unboxed your first proper camera and honestly? It's a bit overwhelming. All those dials, buttons, menu options - where do you even begin? 📸 This episode walks you through exactly what to do in your first week with your new camera. No jargon, no technical overwhelm, just practical, actionable steps that'll have you taking photos you're proud of by next weekend.

In this episode, you'll learn:
✅ How to properly set up your camera from day one
✅ Why reading the quick start guide saves hours of frustration
✅ The correct way to hold your camera for sharper photos
✅ Why Auto mode is your friend when you're starting out
✅ How to review your photos to accelerate learning
✅ The secret to understanding light in photography
✅ Why finding a photography community matters

That first week with your new camera is absolutely crucial. Get it right, and you'll build confidence, develop good habits, and actually enjoy the learning process. These aren't complicated technical exercises - they're simple, enjoyable activities that'll help you understand your camera and start taking photos you actually like.

📸 What You'll Learn:

✅ Tip 1: Charge the Battery and Format Your Memory Card

✅ Tip 2: Read the Manual - or the Quick Start Guide at Least!

✅ Tip 3: Get Comfortable Holding Your Camera

✅ Tip 4: Shoot in Auto Mode and Explore Your Environment

✅ Tip 5: Review Your Photos and Learn From Them

✅ Tip 6: Take Photos at Different Times of Day

✅ Tip 7: Join a Photography Community or Find a Friend

📱 For Phone Photographers:
Well this is aimed at people taking photos with their phones. So let's move on from this one ok?

🔗 Related Episodes:

Episode 9, How Can I Learn To Use My New Camera?

Episode 17, What Time Of Day Is Best To Take Photos?

Episode 104, 10 Camera Settings For Beginners

Episode 152, How My One Photo Rule Will Help You Take Better Photos

⭐️ Next Episode:
Episode 226 - Why Are My Photos Too Dark? Understanding Exposure for Beginners

🎯 Your Action Step:
Choose one location and over the course of a week, take twenty different photos there. Try different angles, different subjects within that space, experiment with different settings. By week's end, pick your five favorites and tell Rick what you learned!

🌐

My brand new course Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico, will teach you exactly how to get out at sunrise and come back with photos you love all told in plain English. it includes real footage of me photographing an actual sunrise in Mexico with an entry level camera. Find out more at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

If you want to start taking stunning sunrise photos, and why wouldn't you, check out my Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico course at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

You've taken what you thought was the perfect shot, but when you look at it later, it's blurry. Frustrating, right? 📸 This episode breaks down all seven main reasons your photos might be blurry and gives you practical fixes for each one.

In this episode, you'll learn:
✅ How camera shake ruins photos (and the proper technique to eliminate it)
✅ The reciprocal rule for shutter speed that prevents blur
✅ Why your focus might be off and how to manually control it
✅ How to handle motion blur in your subjects
✅ When shallow depth of field becomes a problem
✅ Why a dirty lens makes everything soft (and how to keep yours clean)
✅ How high ISO affects apparent sharpness (and when to use a tripod)

Whether you're using a camera or your phone, these seven fixes will transform your photography. From the breathing technique that stops camera shake to the simple habit of cleaning your lens after every shoot, you'll get actionable advice you can use immediately.

📸 What You'll Learn:

✅ Tip 1: Camera Shake - You're Moving When You Press the Button
Learn the proper holding technique, breathing method, and when to use a tripod.

✅ Tip 2: Wrong Shutter Speed for Your Focal Length
The reciprocal rule prevents blur. Using a 100mm lens? Minimum 1/100th second.

✅ Tip 3: Your Focus Is Off - You've Focused on the Wrong Thing
Manually select the focus point and always check your shots.

✅ Tip 4: Your Subject Is Moving - Motion Blur
Learn exactly what shutter speeds you need for different subjects.

✅ Tip 5: Shallow Depth of Field - Not Enough Is in Focus
When to close down your aperture to keep everything sharp.

✅ Tip 6: Dirty or Smudged Lens
Clean your gear after every shoot - takes 30 seconds, makes a massive difference!

✅ Tip 7: Low Light and High ISO - Noise Disguising as Blur
Use a tripod to stick to ISO 100 for the highest quality.

📱 For Phone Photographers:
Everything applies to phone cameras too! Hold with both hands, use the volume button to shoot, tap to focus on the right spot, and clean that lens regularly!

🔗 Related Episodes:

Episode 222, The Best of The Photography Explained Podcast: 29 Essential Photography Tips That Actually Matter

Episode 220, The Photographer's Eye: See a Great Photo Before You Take It

Episode 152, How My One Photo Rule Will Help You Take Better Photos

⏭️ Next Episode:
Episode 225 - I Just Got My First Camera - What Do I Do in the First Week?

🎯 Your Action Step:
Take 10 photos this week, but before each one, ask yourself "What could make this blurry?" Run through the seven things in your head.

🌐 Website

🎓 Courses

📺 YouTube: Search "Rick McEvoy" on YouTube

My brand new course Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico, will teach you exactly how to get out at sunrise and come back with photos you love all told in plain English. it includes real footage of me photographing an actual sunrise in Mexico with an entry level camera. Find out more at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

If you want to start taking stunning sunrise photos, and why wouldn't you, check out my Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico course at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

Want to take better photos in 2026 than you did in 2025? 📸 This episode gives you five simple, practical things you can start doing today that will genuinely improve your photography.

In this episode, you'll learn:

✅ How to properly clean your camera gear and why it matters for sharp photos
✅ The smart way to learn camera settings without getting overwhelmed
✅ Why shooting in different lighting conditions makes you a better photographer
✅ How to critically review your work before sharing it
✅ Why trying uncomfortable photography genres helps you grow

These tips work for everyone - whether you're using a phone 📱, an entry-level camera, or professional gear. No jargon, just practical advice you can use today.

📸 What You'll Learn:

✅ Thing 1: Clean Your Gear Properly and Keep It Clean
Get yourself a proper cleaning kit with a blower brush, microfibre cloths, and lens cleaning solution. Make cleaning a habit before every shoot. Clean lenses make sharp photos - it's that simple!

✅ Thing 2: Learn One Camera Setting Really Well
Don't try to master everything at once. Pick one setting - maybe exposure compensation, aperture priority, or even manual mode - and become properly competent with it. Master it, then move on to the next one.

✅ Thing 3: Take Photos in Different Light
Deliberately seek out different lighting conditions. Harsh midday sun, soft overcast light, golden hour, indoor window light - each type teaches you different skills. Photography is drawing with light, so this stuff is pretty important!

✅ Thing 4: Review Your Photos Critically Before Sharing Them
Stop sharing every photo you take. Review your photos twice - once immediately, then again with fresh eyes after waiting overnight. Quality over quantity, always.

✅ Thing 5: Shoot Something Uncomfortable
Try a photography genre outside your comfort zone. Love landscapes? Try portraits. Always shoot people? Try architecture. Uncomfortable equals growth, and growth equals better photography.

📱 For Phone Photographers:
Everything in this episode applies to phone photography too! Clean your phone lens, learn exposure compensation in your camera app, photograph in different light, review before posting, and try different types of photography with your phone.

🔗 Related Episodes:

If you're enjoying this New Year focus on improving your photography, you might want to check out the previous episode - episode 222, The Best of The Photography Explained Podcast: 29 Essential Photography Tips That Actually Matter

And here are some other recent related episodes - episode 220, The Photographer's Eye: See a Great Photo Before You Take It: and good old episode 152, How My One Photo Rule Will Help You Take Better Photos.

⏭️ Next Episode:
Episode 224 - Why Are My Photos Blurry? All the Reasons and How to Fix Them

🎯 Your Action Step:
Pick one of these five things and commit to it for January. Do it properly for the whole month and let me know how you got on!

🌐 Website: https://rickmcevoyphotography.com
🎓 Courses: https://rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses
📺 YouTube: Search "Rick McEvoy" on YouTube

My brand new course Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico, will teach you exactly how to get out at sunrise and come back with photos you love all told in plain English. it includes real footage of me photographing an actual sunrise in Mexico with an entry level camera. Find out more at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

If you want to start taking stunning sunrise photos, and why wouldn't you, check out my Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico course at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

Over 221 episodes, thousands of tips, and hundreds of hours of content. Today, I've distilled everything down to the most important photography tips I've ever shared. This is the episode you'll want to bookmark. 🔖

Here's the thing about doing a podcast for over 221 episodes: you accumulate a lot of advice. Some of it's specific—how to photograph buildings 🏛️, how to use a polarizing filter, how to set up your Lightroom catalog. But some tips? They're universal. ✨ They work for everyone, regardless of what you photograph or what gear you use. 📷

Today's episode is different. Instead of diving deep into one topic, we're going wide. 🌍 I've gone back through every single episode and pulled out the most essential, most powerful, most immediately useful tips I've ever shared. These are the tips that listeners tell me changed their photography. 🚀 The ones that work whether you're using a professional camera or your phone. 📱 The ones that apply to landscapes 🏞️, portraits 👤, street photography 🏙️, and everything in between.

If you're new to the podcast, this is your crash course. 🎓 If you've been listening from the start, this is your refresher. 🔄 Either way, by the end of this episode, you'll have actionable tips that will immediately improve your photography. No fluff, no filler—just the best of the best. 🏆

THE 29 TIPS COVERED: 💡

📸 Use My One Photo Rule
✂️ Take Fewer Photos Overall
🚶‍♂️👀🧠 My Photography Superpowers – Walking, Looking, and Thinking
🤔 Think Before You Take a Photo
🚫⚙️ No One Cares About Your Gear or Settings
🔺 Forget the Exposure Triangle
📉 Use the Lowest ISO for the Sharpest Photos
🎛️ Learn How to Use Manual Mode
🖼️ Get a Portfolio of Your Best Twelve Photos
💬 Get a Critique of Your Photos (Not from Friends or Family)
📚 Learn from Other Photographers (and Yourself)
️⃣ Use the Rule of Thirds
➡️ Use Leading Lines
🏔️ Create Depth in Your Photos
🧹 Simplify by Removing Distractions
📁 Shoot in RAW Format
⚪ Use a Grey Card for Accurate Colors
📊 Use Your Histogram
🎯 Find Your Lens Sweet Spot
❤️ Photograph Things You're Actually Interested In
✏️ Only Edit Photos You're Going to Use
🗑️ Delete Rubbish Photos
💾 Backup Your Photos in Three Places
🛡️ Look After Your Gear
🔄 Keep Practicing and Getting Better
🏅 Aim to Beat Your Portfolio with Every Photo
🔇 Ignore the Noise on Social Media
😊 Enjoy Your Photography
🦵 Use a Tripod

USEFUL LINKS: 🔗

📖 Photography for Beginners Hub Page

🎧 Related Episodes:
Episode 220 - The Photographer's Eye

Episode 221 - Rule of Thirds for Beginners

Episode 219 - Why Your Photos Look Flat

Episode 217 - The Art of Light

Episode 215 - Understanding ISO

Episode 214 - Finding Your Best Angle

Episode 211 - Understanding Your Camera's Settings

🌐 My Website: Rick McEvoy Photography
▶️ YouTube Channel: Rick McEvoy Photography
🎓 How to Become a Real Estate Photographer Course

NEXT EPISODE: 🚀
Episod

My brand new course Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico, will teach you exactly how to get out at sunrise and come back with photos you love all told in plain English. it includes real footage of me photographing an actual sunrise in Mexico with an entry level camera. Find out more at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

If you want to start taking stunning sunrise photos, and why wouldn't you, check out my Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico course at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

📸 Photography Explained Podcast - Episode 221🎯 Composition Made Simple: The Rule of Thirds for Beginners

Host: Rick McEvoy 🇬🇧 | Duration: ⏱️ 23 minutes

⚡ What Is This?

The Rule of Thirds is a cheat code 🎮 that instantly makes your photos more interesting. Divide your frame into 9 equal parts (like noughts and crosses), place your subject on the lines or intersection points, and watch your photos transform.

Works for cameras 📷 and phones 📱. No jargon. Just results.

🎓 The 7 Essential Tips

📍 1. Position Your Subject

Put eyes on intersection points for portraits. Near the line is fine.

🏔️ 2. Landscape Horizons

Interesting sky? → Horizon on lower third
Interesting foreground? → Horizon on upper third

🏃 3. Action & Movement

Give moving subjects space to move into the frame.

⚠️ 4. Avoid These Mistakes

Don't obsess over pixel-perfect alignment
Don't forget about your background
Don't use it mindlessly

🔓 5. When to Break the Rule

Symmetry, patterns, and tight portraits often work better centered.

🔗 6. Combine with Other Techniques

Use with leading lines, negative space, and framing.

🏛️ 7. Architectural Photography

Position buildings on vertical lines. Keep verticals vertical.

📋 Quick Recap

The Grid: 2 horizontal + 2 vertical lines = 9 equal parts
The Power Points: 4 intersection points where lines cross
The Default: Use it for everything until you know when to break it

🎬 Your Challenge

1️⃣ Turn on your grid (Settings → Camera → Grid)
2️⃣ Take 3 photos using the Rule of Thirds
3️⃣ Take the same 3 photos centered
4️⃣ Compare and see the difference

📱 Phone Users

iPhone: Settings → Camera → Grid ✅
Android: Camera app → ⚙️ → Grid Lines ✅

Pro Tip: Tap to focus on intersection points = perfect focus + composition! 🎯

🔗 More Episodes

📻 220: The Photographer's Eye - See Great Photos Before You Take Them
📻 218: Train Your Eye - Master Photography Right Where You Are
📻 217: The Art of Light - From Harsh to Heavenly

🚀 Next Week: Episode 222

The Best of The Photography Explained Podcast: 20 Essential Tips

Rick's going through 220+ episodes to pull out the absolute best. Can't wait! 🤩

🔗 Connect with Rick

🌐 RickMcEvoyPhotography.com
▶️ YouTube: Search "Rick McEvoy"
🎓 Course: How to Become a Real Estate Photographer
📧 Weekly emails | 💬 Text Rick from the podcast feed

🥪 Episode Sponsor

Cheese and pickle sandwich 🥪 + Coke Zero 🥤

Consumed in Rick's homemade, acoustically cushioned recording emporium 🎙️

🎧 Subscribe wherever you listen to podcasts!

How utterly splendid! 🤩

Take care and stay safe. 🛡️ Cheers from Rick! 🍻

📸 Photography Explained Podcast - Making photography simple, one episode at a time.

My brand new course Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico, will teach you exactly how to get out at sunrise and come back with photos you love all told in plain English. it includes real footage of me photographing an actual sunrise in Mexico with an entry level camera. Find out more at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

If you want to start taking stunning sunrise photos, and why wouldn't you, check out my Photography for Beginners: Sunrise in Mexico course at rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses.

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

Ever wonder why some photographers spot amazing shots everywhere while you're standing in the same place seeing nothing? 👀 They're not lucky—they've trained their photographer's eye, and you can too!

Host Rick McEvoy reveals the exact skills that separate snapshots from photographs. Learn to see light, composition, and decisive moments BEFORE you press the shutter. No expensive gear required! ✨

💥 What You'll Master in This Episode:

Light First, Always 🌅💡 Why great photographers look at the light before the subject—this single shift changes everything!
Layers & Depth 🏔️📐 Spot foreground, middle ground, and background elements that transform flat photos into three-dimensional images.
Patterns, Lines & Shapes 🔲🔄 Train your eye to see geometric compositions hiding in plain sight—broken patterns and leading lines that work!
The Decisive Moment ⏱️✨ Anticipate and capture that perfect split-second when everything comes together.
Contrasts & Relationships 🔄⚖️ Big vs small, old vs new—spot visual stories that make photos memorable.
Ruthless Simplification ✂️🎨 Know what to EXCLUDE from your photos—less is always more!

🎯 Your Assignment This Week
Walk for 30 minutes WITHOUT your camera. Point at everything you'd photograph and explain why. Next day, take the same walk WITH your camera. This exercise is pure magic! 🪄

📱 Works with phone cameras too! The photographer's eye has nothing to do with gear. 🤳

📚 Related Resources & Next Steps

➡️ Next Episode (Fortnightly): Episode 221: Composition Made Simple: The Rule of Thirds for Beginners 📐

⬅️ Last Episode: Episode 219: Why Your Photos Look Flat & How to Fix Them ✨

🎯 Foundation Skills: Episode 218: Train Your Eye: Master Photography Right Where You Are 🔍

🏠 Ready to Go Pro? Check out Rick's splendid How to Become a Real Estate Photographer course at RickMcEvoyPhotography.com/courses

Find Rick Online: RickMcEvoyPhotography.com 📸

photographyexplained #photographerseye #photographytips #learnphotography #compositiontips #decisivemoment #rickmcevoy

This episode was brought to you by a cheese and pickle sandwich and a Coke Zero 🥪🥤

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer on my website Rick McEvoy Photography.com/courses

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer at Rick McEvoy Photography.com

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

Ever wondered why your photos don't look as good as the scene you remember? 🤔 The answer isn't a new camera or expensive software—it's mastering seven simple editing adjustments that transform flat photos into stunning images. ✨

Host Rick McEvoy reveals the exact editing workflow professional photographers use on EVERY photo. Learn how to make your images pop without spending hours editing or a fortune on gear. 💥

These aren't complex techniques—they're straightforward adjustments that offer massive returns in quality. Start with the best photo you can capture, then take it to the next level! 🎯

💥 What You'll Master in This Episode:

Crop & Straighten First 🖼️✂️ Refine composition, fix crooked horizons, and verticalize buildings for that clean, professional look.
White Balance Magic ⚪🌈 Use the eyedropper tool on neutral greys to instantly correct color casts—game-changing for portraits, interiors, and landscapes.
Exposure Control ☀️💡 Go beyond the basic exposure slider to master highlights, shadows, whites, and blacks for perfect brightness.
Contrast for Punch 💥 Add depth and drama by making blacks blacker and whites whiter—without clipping your histogram.
Dimension with Highlights & Shadows 🌓 Recover detail in bright skies and dark areas for images that feel three-dimensional.
Vibrance Over Saturation 🌈🎨 Make colors pop naturally without the cartoonish look—plus the secret of Lightroom's Color Mixer.
Sharpening Secrets 🔍 The finishing touch that makes photos crisp without introducing noise or artifacts.

📚 Related Resources & Next Steps

➡️ Next Episode (Fortnightly): Episode 220: The Photographer's Eye: See a Great Photo Before You Take It. 👁️

⬅️ Last Episode: Episode 218: Train Your Eye: Master Photography Right Where You Are. 🎒

📊 Deep Dive on Histograms: Episode 114: What Is A Histogram And How Can It Help Us When We Shoot? & Episode 164: Understanding Histograms In Photography.

🎨 Is Editing Cheating? Episode 92: Is Editing Photos Cheating? Well Is It? Well What Do You Think?

🛠️ Essential Gear: Episode 216: Essential Accessories for Every Photographer (Without Breaking the Bank).

🏠 Ready to Go Pro? Check out Rick's splendid "How to Become a Real Estate Photographer" course on the Courses Page.

Find Rick Online: Rick McEvoy Photography

photographyexplained #photoediting #f

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer on my website Rick McEvoy Photography.com/courses

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer at Rick McEvoy Photography.com

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

Tired of feeling like you need an exotic location for great photos? 🎒 The truth is, the most amazing photo spots are often right outside your door. The key is learning how to see like a professional photographer. 🎁

Host Rick McEvoy gives you his essential 11-Point Checklist for training your eye and taking captivating photos, no matter where you are. Stop just looking, and truly see the world around you! ✨

💥 What You'll Master in This Episode:

Light First! ☀️💡 Always look for the best quality of light before the subject—it's the #1 way to instantly elevate your shots.
Embrace the Ordinary 🧱🌳 Find compelling subjects in everyday things like brick walls, puddles, or tree bark right where you live.
Depth and Dimension 💥➡️ Use layers, leading lines, and separation to eliminate flat images and add depth.
The Power of Perspective ⬆️⬇️ Why you must look up, look down, and find frames within frames (Frame within a Frame 🔲).
Simplify Ruthlessly 🖼️✂️ Fill the frame and eliminate anything that doesn't contribute to the story.
The Secret Weapon 🌧️💨 Why the best, most moody photos are taken in bad weather (rain, fog, and snow!).

📚 Related Resources & Next Steps

➡️ Next Episode (Fortnightly): Episode 219: Why Your Photos Look Flat & How to Fix Them. 🛠️

⬅️ Last Episode: Episode 217: The Art of Light: From Harsh to Heavenly. 💡

🏞️ More Landscape Tips: Revisit Episode 213: Your First Five Steps into Landscape Photography (Even in Your Local Park).

🏠 Ready to Go Pro? Check out Rick's splendid "How to Become a Real Estate Photographer" course on the Courses Page.

Find Rick Online: Rick McEvoy Photography

🔎 Optimised Hashtags (for Searchability)

photographyexplained #trainyoureye #photographymindset #compositiontips #learnphotography #beginnerphotography #localphotography #findthelight #streetphotography #landscapephotography #rickmcevoy #photographytips #visualarts #photoskills #creativephotography #photographypodcast

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer on my website Rick McEvoy Photography.com/courses

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer at Rick McEvoy Photography.com

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

What transforms an average photograph into a stunning one? It’s light. Photography literally means "drawing with light" ✍️, but simply having light isn't enough—you need to understand how to use it as a creative tool 🎨.

In this essential, practical guide, host Rick McEvoy shows you how to stop fearing "bad" light and start seeing it as an opportunity. We dive deep into the five core principles of photographic light, covering everything from the physics of harsh vs. soft light ☀️☁️, to the secrets of the Golden and Blue hours 🌅🌃.

If you’ve ever struggled with blown-out highlights, heavy shadows, or flat images, this episode provides simple, actionable tips to help you transform everyday shots into captivating, professionally lit works. Light is photography's most essential ingredient! 🔑

🌟 5 Practical Tips for Mastering Light 💡

This episode breaks down the art of light into five easy-to-understand and immediately applicable tips for better photos:

Seeing the Light: Quality is Key
- Understand the difference between harsh, high-contrast light (midday sun ☀️) and soft, diffused light (overcast day ☁️) and learn when to use each for maximum impact.
- Struggling with strong sunlight? Revisit Episode 209.
Shaping Your Subject: The Power of Direction
- Experiment with front, side, and backlighting ➡️⬅️⬆️ to sculpt your subject and add crucial depth 🖼️.
- Side lighting creates three-dimensionality and texture—it’s where the magic truly begins! ✨
The Magic Hours: Timed to Perfection ⏰
- Plan your shoots around the soft, warm glow of the Golden Hour 🌅 and the rich, serene tones of the Blue Hour 🌃.
- These times are nature's perfect, built-in filter 🎞️.
Embracing Flat Light: Overcast & Open Shade
- Don't dismiss a cloudy sky! 🌧️ An overcast day acts like a giant, natural softbox, providing beautifully even, flattering light that is ideal for portraits 😊 and product details 📦.
- Use open shade (under a tree 🌳 or awning 🏗️) for instant soft lighting.
Painting with Shadows: Creative Contrast
- Don't fear shadows 👻; use them as powerful compositional tools to add mystery and drama 🎭.
- Shadows can create leading lines 〰️ or hide distracting elements, simplifying your scene and making your subject pop! 💥

🚀 Your Photography Homework Challenge

Grab your camera or phone 📱 and choose a single subject (a mug ☕, a tree 🌲, or even a friend 🤗). Now, photograph it from the same spot at different times of day (midday, late afternoon, dusk) and from different angles relative to the light.

Compare your photos to see how simply observing and working with light makes all the difference!

🔗 Related Resources & Next Steps

Next Week: Episode 218: Why Your Photos Look Flat & How to Fix Them. 🛠️
Need to check your camera settings? Listen to Episode 211:

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer on my website Rick McEvoy Photography.com/courses

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer at Rick McEvoy Photography.com

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

Ever wondered what gear you need beyond your camera? 🤔 The answer isn't a new lens or a bigger flash; it's a few simple, affordable accessories that can make a huge difference. ✨ They protect your gear, make shooting easier, and help you get better photos. 📸 In this episode, your host Rick dives deep into ten must-have items that professional photographers can't live without, showing you how to get the most out of your camera without spending a fortune. 🤑 Simple but effective and important bits of kit, these are.

What we talk about

An essential accessory is a problem solver, not a luxury. 🛠️
The golden rule of buying gear is to use what you have, but these accessories are the exception. 🥇
A small investment in these items offers massive returns in the quality of your work and your peace of mind. 📈

The 10 Essential Accessories

1: A Good Camera Bag 🎒 A camera bag is your gear's best friend. It's about protecting your valuable equipment from bumps and knocks, not about making a fashion statement. Look for a bag that is comfortable, durable, and specifically designed to hold camera bodies, lenses, and other accessories.

2: Lens Cleaning Solution, Disposable Cloths and Blower Brush 🧼 This is probably the cheapest, most useful, and most important thing you can buy for your camera. Use a blower brush to remove dust and a few drops of solution on a disposable cloth for a safe clean. Keeping your lens pristine is key to getting sharp, clear images.

3: An Extra Battery (or 3) 🔋 Never get caught out with a dead battery. Always have a spare, fully charged one ready to go. Consider third-party batteries from a reputable supplier as a more affordable alternative to the manufacturer's versions.

4: A Spare Memory Card (or two!) 💾 Memory cards are cheap insurance against missing the perfect shot. They're a non-negotiable part of your kit. Always have a spare ready and store them in a good quality case to keep them safe from damage.

5: A Small Tripod ⛰️ A small, lightweight tripod is perfect for getting tack-sharp photos in low light or for creating long-exposure effects. It's also great for self-portraits or for capturing group shots where you want to be in the picture.

6: A Polarising Filter 🕶️ Think of this as sunglasses for your camera. It reduces glare and reflections on water, glass, and leaves. It also makes colors, especially blue skies, look richer and more vibrant.

7: A Neutral Density Filter (ND Filter) ☀️ An ND filter is a piece of dark glass that reduces the amount of light hitting your camera's sensor. This allows you to use slower shutter speeds in bright conditions, creating cool effects like silky smooth water or blurred clouds.

8: A Remote Shutter Release 🔘 This small, simple tool eliminates camera shake when you're using a tripod. It's a must-have for long exposures and low-light shooting, ensuring your photos are as sharp as they can possibly be. A simple wired version is very affordable.

9: A Grey Card ⬜ A grey card is a simple but incredibly powerful tool for getting perfect custom white balance. Using it helps your camera understand t

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer on my website Rick McEvoy Photography.com/courses

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer at Rick McEvoy Photography.com

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

Ever wondered why some photos come out looking dark 🌑 and others are sharp but grainy? 🌾 The answer lies in one simple camera setting: ISO. 📸 It doesn't let more light in; instead, it's the digital amplifier of your photo's data. 🔊 Mastering this one setting lets you get a sharp, correctly exposed photo in any situation. 🎯 We’re diving deep into ISO, showing you what it is, how it affects your images, and the professional techniques for using it to get the cleanest photos possible. 🧼

Here is the answery bit 👇

ISO simply boosts the light captured by your camera’s sensor. 💡 It electronically amplifies the signal that's already there. ⚡ The base ISO is your starting point—the lowest setting, offering the purest, highest-quality image. 💎 As you increase the number (from 100 to 200, 400, 800, and so on), you’re digitally brightening the photo. ✨ This is a vital tool, but it comes with a major compromise: a higher ISO means more digital noise, 🚫 which can degrade your image. 📉 Your primary goal should always be to use the lowest possible ISO.

Hello and welcome to episode 215 of the Photography Explained Podcast, "ISO Explained: The Simple Guide to Better Photos in Any Light." 🌟

I'm your host, Rick, and in each episode, I try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English. 🌍

Today, we're mastering ISO – one of the most powerful ways to get a correct exposure without the need for fancy gear. ⚙️ We'll explore simple, practical ISO tips for using it effectively. ✨ If you're still getting to grips with your camera's main settings, go back and listen to Episode 211: Understanding Your Camera's Settings: A Simple Guide to Your Modes ⚙️.

How utterly splendid. 🤩 Let’s get into this. 👇

Here are 5 top tips for making ISO work for you! 🌟

Okay. Time for some practical photography tips to help you consistently get a correctly exposed photo that's sharp and clean. 🎯

1: ISO for Beginners: What is ISO in Photography? 📸🤓

Let's break down exactly what ISO is without all the technical jargon. 🚧 Think of your camera's sensor as an ear listening for sound. 👂 A low ISO setting is like a normal hearing level—it captures what's there clearly. 🎶 A high ISO is like turning up the volume on a speaker—it amplifies the sound but also the background hiss. 🔊 ISO is a number, typically ranging from 100 up to thousands. 🔢 The lowest number, usually ISO 100 or 200, is your base ISO. 💎 As you increase the number, you’re telling the camera to digitally boost the signal, making a photo that would have been too dark appear brighter. ✨ This is the final part of your exposure triangle, a crucial balance between aperture and shutter speed. 📐 Understanding this core concept is the first step to taking full control of your camera's exposure. 🚀

2: Low ISO Photography: How to Get the Best Quality Photos 🏆✨

In bright light, on a sunny day at the beach, ☀️ you should always use your camera’s base ISO. 💎 This is how you get the very best image quality your camera is capable of. 🌟 Think of it this way: a low ISO image is like a perfectly cle

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer on my website Rick McEvoy Photography.com/courses

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer at Rick McEvoy Photography.com

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

The Secret to Amazing Photos Isn't a Camera. It's How You Use Your Eyes. ✨Have you ever wondered what separates a simple snapshot from a truly captivating photograph? It’s all about composition—the art of purposefully arranging everything within your photo frame to guide the viewer's eye and tell a clear story. In this episode, your host, Rick, demystifies this powerful photographic tool, sharing five simple, practical, and highly effective tips to help you move beyond taking a picture to "making" a picture that truly stands out.

You'll discover why composition is the single most important element in photography, why it's not a complex art theory, and how to create images that are more dynamic, clear, and visually appealing.

Five Tips for Better Photographic Composition 🎯In this episode, Rick shares his five top tips, simplifying how you think about arranging elements to instantly improve your work:

1. The Rule of Thirds: Your fundamental composition guide. Imagine your frame divided into a nine-box grid. Learn how to use this simple grid to place subjects off-center, creating more visual interest and balance. For landscapes, simply placing your horizon on the top or bottom third makes a massive, massive difference to your photo. It's the one rule you should always use! 📏
2. Leading Lines: Go on a “visual journey.” Find natural or man-made lines in your scene (like winding paths, rivers, or fences) to add depth and direct attention toward your main subject. They create a powerful journey for the eye, making your photo more impactful in a world of endless scrolling. 🛣️
3. Natural Framing: Use your environment to compose. Discover how arches, doorways, windows, or even a gnarled tree branch can frame your subject. By shooting through these elements, you create a natural border that draws attention to what’s inside, giving the viewer a sense of looking into a scene rather than just at it. 🌳
4. Change Your Angle: Break predictability. Don’t just shoot from eye level—it's the most common viewpoint. Experiment by getting low to the ground or climbing somewhere high with a simple accessory like a painter's pole to get an expansive view. Changing your perspective is one of the quickest ways to find a unique composition and transform the feeling of your photo. 🧗
5. Simplicity & Negative Space: Less is often more. Sometimes the strongest compositions are the simplest. Learn how to create powerful, uncluttered images by focusing on your main subject and removing distractions. Negative space—the empty area around your subject, like a clear sky or calm water—gives your photo room to breathe and allows your subject to stand out. ☁️

The Practical Application in Your Photography 📸You can apply these five simple composition rules with any camera, even your phone!

Your phone is an excellent tool for practicing because you always have it with you, and most built-in cameras have a grid overlay you can enable in the settings. That little grid is your best friend f

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer on my website Rick McEvoy Photography.com/courses

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer at Rick McEvoy Photography.com

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

🏞️ Photography Explained Podcast - Episode 213: Your First Five Steps into Landscape Photography (Even in Your Local Park!) 📸

What if you could take stunning landscape photos without traveling to exotic locations? In this episode, your host Rick McEvoy makes photography accessible by showing you how to find beauty right where you are—even in your local park. We’ll get straight to the point with five simple, practical steps to help you capture images you'll be truly proud of.

💡 Your Five Steps to Stunning Landscapes:

1. See the Scene: Find Your Best ViewpointDon't just stand there! Your most powerful tool is to move around. Get low, get high, move left or right. Explore different angles to eliminate distractions and find a unique perspective that changes how the scene looks.

2. The Light Magic: Best Times for PhotosLight is everything. Avoid the harsh midday sun. Instead, aim for the "golden hour"—just after sunrise or before sunset—for warm, dramatic light. Overcast days are also fantastic, offering soft, even light that's perfect for woodlands and intimate scenes.

3. Build Your Photo: Simple Composition RulesUse simple rules to guide the viewer’s eye. Try the Rule of Thirds by placing your horizon or subject on one of the grid lines, not in the middle. Look for leading lines like a path or a river to pull the viewer's eye into the scene.

4. Camera Settings Explained: Get Everything SharpFor landscapes, you want maximum sharpness. Your key tool is a narrow aperture (a large f-number like f/11 or f/16), which creates a deep depth of field. Use a tripod for stability with the slower shutter speeds this requires, and keep your ISO at 100 for the cleanest image possible.

5. The Small Details: Use Foreground InterestAdd a small, interesting detail close to your camera, like a unique rock or a patch of flowers. This "foreground interest" gives your photo depth and scale, turning a flat image into a three-dimensional one that invites the viewer in.

📱 Landscape Photography with a Phone:
Your phone is a great tool for landscapes. It already has a deep depth of field to keep everything sharp. Just remember to use the grid lines for composition, tap to focus on a foreground element, and use panorama mode for wider scenes.

🚀 The Next Step:
Next week: Episode 214: Finding Your Best Angle: Simple Tips for Better Composition.

Podcast Website Update! 🥳 The podcast content has moved to its new home on rickmcevoyphotography.com. Check out the new website to listen to this episode and explore all the new pages!

A quick plug for me:

➡️ Want a weekly email? Fill in the box on my website homepage!

➡️ Check out my YouTube channel!

➡️ Ask me a question!

This episode was brought to you by a cheese and pickle sandwich and a sugar-free fizzy drink 🥪. Thanks for listening!

PhotographyExplainedPodcast #LandscapePhotography #BeginnerPhotography #CompositionTips #CameraSettings #PhotographyTips #RickMcEvoy

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer on my website Rick McEvoy Photography.com/courses

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer at Rick McEvoy Photography.com

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

Ever wondered how some photos make the subject leap out with a dreamy, soft background, while others keep every detail crystal-clear from front to back? That, my dear listener, is the magic of Depth of Field (DoF)! ✨ In this episode, Rick McEvoy, your plain-English photography guide, unlocks this fundamental concept, showing you how to wield it for stunning, professional-looking images every time.

Forget complex jargon; we're talking about depth of sharpness – how much of your photo appears acceptably sharp. It’s your secret weapon for guiding the viewer's eye, creating drama, and truly making your subjects sing. 🎶

In This Episode, You'll Discover: 👇

What is Depth of Field (DoF)? – Understand this core principle and why Rick calls it "depth of sharpness." 🧠
Aperture's Power! – How those f-numbers (f/1.8, f/16) control your blur and sharpness. ⚙️
Mastering Blurry Backgrounds – Techniques to make your subject pop with that coveted "bokeh" effect (no, it's not a Japanese flower arrangement!). 🌸
Achieving Front-to-Back Sharpness – Essential tips for breathtaking landscapes and group photos where everything stays sharp. 🏞️
Beyond Aperture – How your distance to subject and lens focal length secretly influence DoF. 📏
Pinpoint Focus – Why precise focusing is absolutely crucial for effective DoF control, especially with shallow depth of field. 📍
Phone Photography DoF – Can you get blurry backgrounds with your smartphone? (Spoiler: yes, usually!). 📱
Rick's Pro Workflow – How he applies these principles for razor-sharp architectural photography every single time. 🏗️

Dive Deeper Into DoF Control: 💡

Aperture's Power: Your Blur Control Dial! 🎛️Learn how a small f-number (wide aperture like f/1.8) creates shallow depth of field for creamy blur, while a large f-number (narrow aperture like f/16) gives you deep depth of field for expansive sharpness. This is your magic dial for visual impact! ✨
Blurry Backgrounds: Make Your Subject Pop! 🌟This is the holy grail for portraits, product shots, and detail photography. Discover the three key ingredients for beautiful bokeh: a wide aperture, getting closer to your subject, and ensuring distance between your subject and the background. 🚶‍♀️➡️🌸
Sharp From Front to Back: The Landscape Dream! 🌲Sometimes you want everything sharp. Explore how narrow apertures (f/8, f/11, f/16) achieve this in grand landscapes, group photos, and architectural exteriors. Precision focusing and a tripod are your best friends here! ⛰️ tripod
Beyond Aperture: Distance & Focal Length Secrets! 🤫Aperture isn't the only player! Understand how getting closer to your subject reduces DoF, and getting further away increases it. Plus, see how longer lenses inherently give shallower DoF and wider lenses provide deeper DoF

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer on my website Rick McEvoy Photography.com/courses

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer at Rick McEvoy Photography.com

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

Are you tired of your camera making all the decisions? 😫 Want to take control and unlock its full creative potential? This episode is your straightforward guide to understanding camera modes and transforming your photography from guesswork to glorious! ✨

💡 Why Camera Modes Matter (Beyond Auto!)

Ever wondered why some of your photos are perfect in Auto Mode, and others just... aren't? It's all about control! Your camera's shooting modes – that dial on top with letters like M, Av, Tv, P, and that mysterious green square – are your direct pathway to intentionally crafting images. 🖼️

Ditching Auto lets you tell your camera what's truly important: freezing fast action 🏃‍♂️, getting those dreamy blurry backgrounds (bokeh) 🌫️, or taking complete command of the light. Auto often plays it "safe," sacrificing your vision for a "correct" exposure, which can limit your ability to capture motion blur, manage tricky lighting, or truly understand aperture, shutter speed, and ISO. It's time to stop guessing and start creating with purpose! 💪

🔍 Your 5 Essential Camera Modes Explained

Rick breaks down each key camera mode, explaining what it does, when to use it, and how it gives you creative power.

1. 🟩 Auto Mode: The Green Square Explained (Your Camera’s Basic Brain)

The "point and shoot" option where your camera decides everything.
When to use it:
- ⚡ Quick snapshots: Capture a moment without thinking.
- 🤝 Handing off your camera: Let a non-photographer take your picture easily.
- ⏱️ Unexpected moments: When a scene unfolds quickly.
- 👶 Absolute beginners.
- 😴 Or if you just can’t be bothered!
The Downside: Zero creative control, often leads to unpredictable results like unwanted noise or missed artistic opportunities. Think of it as training wheels! 🚴

2. 🅿️ Program Mode (P): The Intelligent Auto (Your Camera’s Smart Assistant)

Like a smarter Auto, where the camera still sets aperture and shutter speed for exposure, but you control ISO, flash, and white balance.
You can "shift" the program to choose different aperture/shutter combinations while maintaining correct exposure.
Ideal for:
- 🚀 Faster workflow for quick, reliable exposure.
- 🧠 Learning exposure combinations and how settings relate.
- 📷 General everyday shooting when you want more control than Auto.

3. 🅰️ Aperture Priority Mode (A or Av): Master Your Depth of Field (Control the Blur!)

You choose the aperture (the f-number), and your camera sets the shutter speed.
Why Aperture? It controls two main things:
- Depth of Field (Depth of Sharpness):
  - Wide aperture (small f-number like f/1.8): Gives shallow depth of field (blurry backgrounds – great for portraits 👤).
  - Narrow aperture (large f-number like f/16): Gives deep depth of field (everything sharp – perfect for landscapes 🏞️). +

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer on my website Rick McEvoy Photography.com/courses

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer at Rick McEvoy Photography.com

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

Is your camera secretly plotting to make your photos blurry? 😈 You know the feeling: that perfectly composed shot, only to find it looks like it was taken by a ghost. A soft-focus nightmare! 🤦‍♂️ Well, my dear listener, I'm Rick McEvoy, your humble host, and I'm here to banish that blur for good!

In this episode, I'm pulling back the curtain on the true secrets to achieving consistently crisp, clear, pin-sharp photos, every single time. Trust me, it goes way, way beyond just tapping that focus button. We're diving into the delicious recipe for sharpness, involving ingredients you might not even realize are messing with your masterpieces! Get ready to transform those fuzzy snaps into jaw-droppingly detailed images. 😎

In this episode, you’ll uncover my personal magic formula for ultimate sharpness, including:

⚡️ Shutter Speed Superpowers (and My Best Mate, the Tripod!): Learn how to freeze time (and your wobbly hands!) or master motion blur for awesome creative effects. I'll explain why my tripod is my constant companion – it's the ultimate weapon against camera shake!
🎯 Aperture's "Sweet Spot" (and Why I Care So Much!): Discover the magical aperture where your lens performs its absolute best. We'll explore how to control that dreamy background blur (bokeh!) or keep everything razor-sharp, just the way I like it for my architectural shots.
📉 ISO for Clarity, Not Crunch!: Say goodbye to grainy nightmares! I'll reveal why I always aim for the lowest ISO possible (like ISO 100 on my trusty Canon 6D) to preserve every glorious detail. Less noise, more crispness!
💪 Lens Love & Steady Hands (My Personal Obsession!): Your lens is your camera's magic wand – but only if it's clean and top-notch! I’ll share my own habits, like always using a lens hood (the best free accessory!) and making sure my glass is spotless. Plus, how to hold your camera like a seasoned pro.
✨ Post-Processing Polish (The Final Whistle!): Even with perfect in-camera technique, your digital photos love a little kiss of sharpening in post-processing. I'll guide you on how to apply that crucial final touch without making your images look artificial or over-sharpened. It's an art!
📱 Smartphone Sharpness Hacks: Yes, even your phone can take surprisingly sharp photos with a few smart moves. I'll share quick tips to elevate your mobile snaps!

Stop settling for "almost sharp" and start creating images that truly demand attention. I'm sharing the meticulous, real-world approach I've refined over a lifetime of professional shooting for clients, ensuring every image I deliver is absolutely crystal clear. If you're ready to banish blur for good, this episode is your new best friend! You might even call it… utterly splendid! 😉

🔗 Looking for more? Dive into Episode 177: Photography Tips - How To Actually Take A Photo for even more fundamental wisdom from yours truly!

Connect with Rick!

🌐 Show Notes & Full

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer on my website Rick McEvoy Photography.com/courses

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer at Rick McEvoy Photography.com

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

🌞 Is Harsh Sunlight Ruining Your Photos? Not Anymore! 🌞Ever look at your beautiful outdoor scene and see only blown highlights, dark shadows, and squinting faces? You're not alone! Direct sunlight can be a photographer's biggest challenge, turning vibrant moments into high-contrast headaches.

But what if you could turn that harsh light into your secret weapon?

In Episode 209, Rick unlocks the pro secrets to stunning photography in direct sunlight! Discover 5 game-changing tips that will transform your sunny day shots from frustrating to fantastic.

✨ What You'll Learn in This Episode:

Master the Magic of Open Shade: Get instantly flattering, soft light for portraits.
Creative Backlighting: Turn the sun into gorgeous rim light and dramatic silhouettes.
Affordable Tools: How simple reflectors & diffusers can rescue your photos.
Camera Settings & Editing Hacks: Crucial adjustments for balancing light & shadows.
Bonus Phone Photography Tips: Get amazing shots even with your smartphone!

Stop fighting the sun and start mastering it! Rick shares practical, easy-to-understand advice that will give you back control of your camera and your creativity.

👉 Ready to take control of the light? Tap play now and transform your sunny day photography!

About Your Host:

Rick McEvoy is a professionally qualified photographer with a lifetime of experience, sharing bite-sized, jargon-free photography explanations every week.

Find More:

Podcast Website: photographyexplainedpodcast.com
Rick's Photography: rickmcevoyphotography.com
Connect: sales@rickmcevoyphotography.co.uk

#PhotographyTips #DirectSunlight #HarshLight #OutdoorPhotography #PhotographyHacks #Lightroom #MobilePhotography #PortraitPhotography #LandscapePhotography #CameraTips #PhotographyExplained

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer on my website Rick McEvoy Photography.com/courses

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer at Rick McEvoy Photography.com

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

Polarising filters attach to camera lenses and reduce reflections and glare, and can improve colour saturation. They can simply make your photos look better. What is not to love, eh? And they don’t cost a lot either.

And I have a couple of these that I absolutely love.

In this episode, I will tell you when, how, and why I use my polarising filters.

So let me tell you all you need to know about polarising filters – how utterly splendid.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in (much) less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love? How utterly splendid!

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer on my website Rick McEvoy Photography.com/courses

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer at Rick McEvoy Photography.com

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

Neutral density filters attach to camera lenses and reduce the amount of light getting through to your camera sensor without affecting the colours (hopefully). Neutral density filters allow you to take long exposures in daylight, allowing you to flatten water and make clouds super cool, streaky, blurry, amongst other things. Neutral density filters allow you to use wide apertures in bright conditions and can also prevent you from getting overexposed photos in bright conditions.

I have an amazing 10-stop ND Filter that gets me super long shutter speeds in broad daylight.

So let me tell you all you need to know about Neutral Density filters – how utterly splendid.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in (much) less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love? How utterly splendid!

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer on my website Rick McEvoy Photography.com/courses

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer at Rick McEvoy Photography.com

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

Do you want to take better-composed, more interesting photos of buildings? So do I. And in this episode, I will give 12 things that will help you take better photos of buildings. And here they are.

Take one photo and get the best composition you can
Use the rule of thirds
Take a photo, then try a different focal length to get a different look
Take photos from different angles
Move back and forwards
Use leading lines
Find the best light
Capture intricate architectural details
Fill the frame
Use negative space
Convey the sense of scale of a building
Try a long exposure
Play with depth of field
Find interesting subjects to photograph
Don't be put off by overcast days
Give tilt-shift lenses a go
Explore old buildings
Go wider to capture the entire building, and a bit more
Get the building vertical
Then do this
Choose a particular building and get to know it

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in (much) less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love? How utterly splendid!

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer on my website Rick McEvoy Photography.com/courses

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer at Rick McEvoy Photography.com

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

Do you want to take more interesting landscape photos? Well, I do, and I hope that you do too. It is too easy to go somewhere and take average, boring photos of something you never do anything with. I have taken loads of these myself, so don’t worry. And it is so easy to take the same photo of something we have all seen a thousand times. Let’s not do any of that.

No, there is so much more that we can do, and in this episode, I am going to tell you 11 things you can do to help you take better landscape photos.

In this episode, I tell you this little lot.

How focal length influences landscape compositions.
A quick word on good old crop factors (sorry).
How a tripod can help. Yes really.
A couple more bits of gear that can help you with your landscape photos.
And some other things for you to think about.
Before I give you some things to do – yes, you, dear listener

I also tell you

What if you use a phone to take photos
What I do
How you can ask me a question
And a little bit about me.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in (much) less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love? How utterly splendid!

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer on my website Rick McEvoy Photography.com/courses

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer at Rick McEvoy Photography.com

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

Do you want to take more interesting travel photos? Well, I do, and I hope that you do too. It is too easy to go somewhere and take average, boring photos of something you never do anything with. I have taken loads of these myself, so don’t worry. And it is so easy to take the same photo of something we have all seen a thousand times. Let’s not do any of that.

No, there is so much more that we can do, and in this episode, I will tell you 11 things you can do to help you take better travel photos.

In this episode, I tell you this little lot.

Why photographing the popular stuff is fine – just do more after.
Eight things you can think about before taking a photo.
Three things you can try when you finally get to taking photos.
Some things that you can do – yes, you, dear listener

I also tell you

What if you use a phone to take photos

What I do
How you can ask me a question
And a little bit about me.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in (much) less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love? How utterly splendid!

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer on my website Rick McEvoy Photography.com/courses

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer at Rick McEvoy Photography.com

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

The focal length you use to take a photo will significantly affect the photo you create. It will determine what is in a photo, what is not in a photo, how small or large the elements of the photo are, and how the elements in your photo relate to each other. The focal length you use will also determine the depth of field, or as I like to call it, depth of sharpness, that there is in a photo.

So, if you want to learn how to use focal length to create better compositions, listen on.

In this episode, I tell you this little lot.

What is the focal length in photography?
Focal lengths explained quickly.
Crop factors explained quickly.
What does this all mean?
Composition and focal length.
Depth of field, perspective, and focal length.
Some things that you can do – yes, you, dear listener

I also tell you

What if you use a phone to take photos
What I do
How you can ask me a question
And a little bit about me.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in (much) less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love? How utterly splendid!

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer on my website Rick McEvoy Photography.com/courses

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer at Rick McEvoy Photography.com

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

The rules of composition are not rules. The rules of composition are guidelines, ideas, things that we can use to help us. But you need to know what the rules of composition are so you know which rules you are going to use, if any. You don’t have to use the rules of composition, and you will never use all of them. Certainly not in the same photo, but you will see why, so don’t worry. Find the ones that work for you, and they can help you get better compositions. And better compositions make better photos.

So, if you want to learn how to create better compositions, listen on.

In this episode, I tell you

What are the rules of composition?
A big long list of the rules.
Why they aren’t really rules.
Why the rule of thirds is so important.
What rules do I use?
Some things that you can do – yes, you, dear listener

I also tell you

What if you use a phone to take photos
What I do
How you can ask me a question
And a little bit about me.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in (much) less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love? How utterly splendid!

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer on my website Rick McEvoy Photography.com/courses

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer at Rick McEvoy Photography.com

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

Photography is about more than just taking a photo—it’s about taking the best photo you can every time. A rubbish composition will give you a rubbish photo. A great composition will give you a great photo.

Create better compositions, and you will end up with better photos – and in this episode, I help you to do just this – what is not to love?

So, if you want to learn how to create better compositions, listen on.

In this episode, I tell you

What is composition?
What are the fundamentals of composition?
Why the subject matter is so important.
How light makes or breaks a photo.
The other elements of a composition.
Some things that you can do – yes, you, dear listener

I also tell you

What if you use a phone to take photos
What I do
How you can ask me a question
And a little bit about me.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in (much) less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love? How utterly splendid!

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer on my website Rick McEvoy Photography.com/courses

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer at Rick McEvoy Photography.com

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

The single most important thing we can do to improve our photos is to think about what we are taking photos of before we take them. We need to take the time to get the best composition every time we take a photo. The success or otherwise of any photo starts and ends with what is in the photo.

Photography composition is what you include in a photo, what the light is doing and how the elements within the composition relate to each other.

In this episode, I tell you

Why this is important
What I am looking for when I take a photo
How I take photos of buildings
How I photograph sunrises
How I photograph an island
What my photography superpowers are

I also tell you

What if you use a phone to take photos
What I do
How you can ask me a question
And a little bit about me.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in (much) less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love? How utterly splendid!

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer on my website Rick McEvoy Photography.com/courses

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer at Rick McEvoy Photography.com

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

Photography Explained Podcast Episode 199 - Top Tips To Help You Manage Your Digital Photo Catalogue

You need to organise your photos on your computer so you can find any photo quickly and easily. Once you have done that, you have the small matter of looking after that precious collection of photos, which, as a photographer, is your everything. I don’t want to overstate this—as a photographer, your photos should be your everything. Without them, what have you got?

In this episode, I tell you

Why this is important
Why you need to get rid of the rubbish (and what it is)
How to add data to photos.
How to use software tools to keep things organised.
How will this help you today, tomorrow, and in the future.

I also tell you

What if you use a phone to take photos
What I do
And what I did (don’t do this)
And a little bit about me.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in (much) less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love? How utterly splendid!

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer on my website Rick McEvoy Photography.com/courses

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer at Rick McEvoy Photography.com

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

You need to organise your photos on your computer so you can find any photo quickly and easily. You need to come up with a filing system that you can add to over the years as you take more and more photos. And you need to be able to keep track of all the photos in the catalogue so you know which photos you have edited, the good stuff you have not yet edited, your best stuff and any rubbish you might have. You need to get rid of any rubbish and any photos that you do not like or need.

Yep, that is my one photo rule in twelve words. Splendid.

In this episode, I tell you

Why we need to organise our photos.
How I organise my photos in a single catalogue.
The folder structure I use for all my photos.
Where my photos are stored.
Lots of good talky stuff.
What to do with the rubbish.

I also tell you

What if you use a phone to take photos
What I do
And a little bit about me.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in (much) less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love? How utterly splendid!

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer on my website Rick McEvoy Photography.com/courses

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer at Rick McEvoy Photography.com

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

I want to get straight into taking better photos, beginning with taking fewer photos. We can all take fewer photos and, in the process, take better photos, and in this episode, I am going to tell you how. And yes, I will revisit my one photo rule. And here it is.

“Take the time to take the best one photo of one thing.”

Yep, that is my one photo rule in twelve words. Splendid.

In this episode, I tell you

Where did my one photo rule come from?
Why I only take two photos of a sunrise
How I take fewer but better photos of buildings
Why was I taking so many photos?
How you can take fewer photos but better photos

I also tell you

What if you use a phone to take photos
What I do

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in (much) less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love? How utterly splendid!

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer on my website Rick McEvoy Photography.com/courses

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer at Rick McEvoy Photography.com

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

I want to finish 2024 with a light-hearted look back at my favourite things from 2024. Why not, eh? So join me as I pick up on some stuff from the past year, which has been an excellent year for me and my podcast. so thank you for being with me, dear listener.

In this episode, I tell you

What was the most popular episode of the Photography Explained Podcast in 2024?
What was the least popular episode of the Photography Explained Podcast in 2024?
What is the oddest photography question I was asked in 2024?
What was the best photography question I was asked in 2024?
Who cares about all this photography stuff anyway?
Rubbish photos
RAW vs JPEG – I don’t know what I am talking about.
What are irrelevant details in my world of photography?
My one photo rule
What are the recurring themes in the Photography Explained Podcast in 2024?
Why you shouldn't use flash photography in museums

I also tell you

What if you use a phone to take photos
What I do

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in (much) less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love? How utterly splendid!

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer on my website Rick McEvoy Photography.com/courses

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer at Rick McEvoy Photography.com

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

I have loads of rubbish photos cluttering up my computer, clogging up my hard drives, and preventing me from finding the good stuff that must be in there somewhere, surely?

We all take rubbish photos every now and then, so it’s okay—not every photo we take is a masterpiece. But if a photo is rubbish, get rid of it. If you have photos that you are never going to do anything with, why not get rid of them, too?

In this episode, I tell you

How this happened
How many photos I have
What I am going to do about it
How this will help you

I also tell you

What if you use a phone to take photos
What I do
One good or bad related thing that I did once (yes, really)

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in (much) less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love? How utterly splendid!

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer on my website Rick McEvoy Photography.com/courses

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer at Rick McEvoy Photography.com

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

RAW and JPEG are file formats. Photographers use both. JPEG images have an amount of processing and compressing done to them when a photo is taken. RAW photos have no processing done to them other than creating the file, that is.

JPEG photos can be viewed by anyone straight off the memory card. To view RAW photos, you need specialist software.

JPEG files are smaller than RAW files, but RAW files contain more data to work with than JPEG files.

These are the main differences, but what does this all mean?

Do we need to know all this stuff? Yes, we do, dear listener.

In this episode, I tell you

What JPEG is
What RAW is
What the differences are in the RAW vs JPEG debate
Why this stuff matters

I also tell you

What if you use a phone to take photos
What I do
One good or bad related thing that I did once (yes, really)

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in (much) less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love? How utterly splendid.

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer on my website Rick McEvoy Photography.com/courses

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer at Rick McEvoy Photography.com

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

Digital camera sensors are important, sensitive, expensive bits of kit that need looking after. There are things that we can do to protect them from bad stuff, but if bad stuff gets to them, there are things that we can do to remove that stuff.

This applies to all of us photographers at all times, so it is pretty important that we know this stuff.

In this episode, I tell you

How to prevent bad stuff from getting to your camera's sensor
What to do when you get bad stuff on your camera sensor
What bad stuff is that gets on our sensors
Why prevention is so much better than cleaning

I also tell you

What if you use a phone to take photos (just look)
What I do

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in (much) less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love? How utterly splendid.

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer on my website Rick McEvoy Photography.com/courses

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer at Rick McEvoy Photography.com

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

So you are in a museum or an art gallery. Or some other similar place. It is lovely and quiet, with nice low-level lighting and local lights highlighting all those fantastic exhibits. The whole place has been carefully designed with a bespoke lighting scheme.

And you see something really cool that you would love to photograph. What do you do?

Look is what you so—no more. Do not take a photo. Do not start popping your flash gun. Or the flash-type thing on your phone.

And in this very ranty episode, I tell you

Why you should not use your flash in an art gallery or museum
Why is using flash a waste of time anyway?
I ask why everyone is photographing the same thing at the same time.
Why you should stop taking photos of everything
An alternative plan to stop this nonsense

I also tell you

What if you use a phone to take photos (just look)
What I do

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in (much) less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love? How utterly splendid.

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer on my website Rick McEvoy Photography.com/courses

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer at Rick McEvoy Photography.com

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

Camera lenses are optical and engineering marvels. Camera lenses must be treated with care and respect when used, stored carefully and regularly maintained and cleaned. Take good care of your camera lenses, and they will take good care of you for years.

In this episode, I tell you.

What needs protecting in a lens?
What gear can help you look after your lenses?
How you store lenses.
How you clean lenses.
How to safely change lenses.
How to safely use lenses.

I also want to tell you

What if you use a phone to take photos?
How I look after my lenses.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love? How utterly splendid.

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer on my website Rick McEvoy Photography.com/courses

Check out my splendid course How To Become A Real Estate Photographer at Rick McEvoy Photography.com

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about: answering your photography questions. Just head over to my shiny new website to find out more about me, my podcast and my photography.Thanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

There are so many lenses out there. How can you possibly know which lens or lenses will help you? Relax – I have got this covered.

Lenses on cameras give photographers options. To understand how lenses can help you take better photos, you need to know what you want to photograph, how you want to take these photos, and what you want your photos to look like. Once you know these things, you can find the lenses that work for you and look into the wonderful world of lenses.

In this episode, I tell you.

Where do you start with this?
How I ended up with the lenses I have
How the lenses I have help me to take the photos I need

I also want to tell you

What if you use a phone to take photos?
What I do. Or did.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love? How utterly splendid.

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

A listener asked me to do an episode strictly on lenses, so here it is. If you want me to explain something, just hit the “Send us a text” link on the podcast feed, and you can have your own almost personalised episode of the podcast. How utterly splendid.

Lenses attach to cameras and focus what you point your camera at onto the camera sensor. So, lenses are quite important in photography terms!

In this episode, I tell you.

What are the main types of lenses?
What focal length is (quickly).
What aperture is (not as quickly).
What does this stuff all mean to you?

I also want to tell you

What if you use a phone to take photos?
What I do.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love? How utterly splendid.

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a text

OK, I have spoken a lot about taking better photos. But in the final episode of this series, I tell you what you need to do. Yes, dear listener, it is time for you to start your journey to take better photos—which we all want to do, right?

So this is what you do. Start with choosing your best 20 photos. Put them in a safe place, be it a folder, album, or even a pile on the floor. But start with 20 photos and go from there.

Simple eh?

In this episode, I tell you.

How to get down to your best 20 photos.
How this will help you.
How you can keep improving your image capture.
Why simply thinking before taking a photo is such a powerful tool.

I also want to tell you

What if you use a phone to take photos?
What I do.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love? How utterly splendid.

Do you want to become a real estate photographer? Check out ricmcevoyphotography.com/courses where you will find my course, cunningly titled, How to Become a Real Estate Photographer. How Utterly Splendid. And for August only, there is a whopping 25 percent off the price using the code PODCASTAUGUST. Even more utterly splendid. Enjoy the podcast.

Don't forget, for August only, get 25 percent off my splendid How to Become a Real Estate Photographer course. Head over to rickmcevoyphotography.com/courses, click on the course link and enter PODCASTAUGUST to get that whopping 25 percent off.

Support the Show.

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a Text Message.

To be the best at one photography thing, you must decide what that one photography thing is. This is how you can find your perfect photography niche.

Trust me, I have been there. I used to photograph everything and anything for anyone and everyone. I was all things to all people. And what was the result of that? I was all over the place and not very good at anything. Sure, I could take a decent standard of photos, but that was all—good enough. And I wasn’t improving; I was staying average at lots of things.

Does this sound familiar to you? Are you constantly trying different things but not progressing? Are you wondering how to improve your photography?

If you are, you are in the right place.

In this episode, I tell you.

Why choosing a photography niche will help you to take better photos.
How you can choose your very own photography niche.
And what you need to do next once you have done this.

I also want to tell you

What if you use a phone to take photos?
What I do.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love? How utterly splendid.

Support the Show.

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a Text Message.

Get out more and take photos, but take fewer photos. This will help you take better photos. Getting out more and taking photos gives you lots more opportunities to create new stuff. But don't try to create too much new stuff, or you will end up with lots of average photos that you do not have the time to do anything meaningful with.

And none of us want that, do we? No, we don't, Rick.

In this episode, I tell you.

· Why getting out lots taking photos is good for you.

· Why getting out and taking lots of photos is not good for you.

· What you can do about it.

· What if you use a phone to take photos?

· What I do.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love? How utterly splendid.

Support the Show.

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a Text Message.

Are you taking loads of photos but not getting great results?
Are you spending forever on your computer trying to find decent photos to edit?
And are you taking hours editing average photos and wondering why they are not turning into great photos?

Relax – I can help you with all of these.

In this episode, I tell you.

Fifteen things that you can do that will help you save time.
Fifteen things that will change what you spend time on for the better!
Fifteen things that can help improve your photography.
How and why this stuff really works.
What if you use a phone to take photos?
What I do.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love? How utterly splendid.

Support the Show.

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a Text Message.

Photo editing can be daunting. Knowing where to start can be challenging, as can knowing when to stop! But don’t worry, I can help you. I can tell you what you need to know and do.

And how you approach editing is crucial Editing for me is all about enhancing what is in a photo that you have taken and no more. Yes, that is all editing is to me, making the best of what we have captured.

In this episode, I tell you.

Why you should be picky about which photos you edit.
How to start editing.
My editing workflow – very briefly.
When it is ok to remove stuff from photos.
Why you should not spend forever editing photos.
What if you use a phone to take photos?
What I do.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love? How utterly splendid.

Support the Show.

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a Text Message.

A great way to get better at photography is to learn from other photographers. There are loads of great photographers out there and loads of great photos. But where do you start?

This is where I can help you. I will tell you ten photographers from whom I have learned. This is your starting point.

There is another photographer that you can learn from.

You, dear listener. Yes, you.

In this episode, I tell you.

How you can learn from other photographers
The ten photographers that I like and have learned from myself (to get you started)
How you can learn from your photos
How getting a critique of your photos can help you
What if you use a phone to take photos
What I do.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love? How utterly splendid.

Climate Confident
With a new episode every Wed morning, the Climate Confident podcast is weekly podcast...
Listen on: Apple Podcasts Spotify

Support the Show.

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a Text Message.

Photography Explained Podcast Episode 182 - Phone Camera vs DSLR - What Are You Missing With A Phone?

You take photos with your phone. You got into photography by taking photos with your phone, and you have never used a camera.

So what?

You are missing out on the wonderful world of photography, that’s what! And it is a big what, too.

While phones in cameras get better and better, taking photos with a phone is not the same as taking photos with a camera. And not as good.

In this episode, I tell you.

What are you missing out on if you take photos with a phone?
Why a camera is such a special thing.
Why I don’t like taking photos with my phone.
And why I love taking photos with my camera.
What if you use a phone to take photos? Throughout the episode!!!.
What I do.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love? How utterly splendid.

Support the Show.

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a Text Message.

Cameras are, of course, designed to take high-quality photos. And phone cameras have improved so much that they are a credible alternative to cameras. But which is better to take photos with? A digital camera or a phone? Is one better than the other? Or is there a place for both?

Most people have phones these days, and most phones have cameras built into them. So why would you need a camera? Well, there are differences, and I am going to tell you what they are.

In this episode, I tell you.

The main differences between cameras and cameras in phones.
Why you might be OK with your phone.
And why you might benefit from getting a camera (and all the other stuff that goes with having a camera).
About the taking photos bit.
What I do.
And why I do what I do.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love? How utterly splendid.

Support the Show.

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a Text Message.

We can change many settings in cameras and lenses, too. These settings will change depending on what you are taking a photo of and the ambient light levels. With the correct camera settings, we can take better photos. That is why our cameras have all those settings, after all!

Join me in this episode and discover how mastering your camera settings can transform your photography.

In this episode, I tell you.

The main camera settings that you can change.
Why I don’t use the exposure triangle.
Examples of what I do are sprinkled throughout the episode.
What if I use a phone to take photos and not a camera?
What if I use a film camera? For the last time.
And finally, what I do. Very specifically, what do I do?

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love?

Support the Show.

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Send us a Text Message.

Photography is drawing with light, and photography gear is simply the tools we use to capture that light and take photos.

Yes, it is that simple. Well, it should be that simple. Think of photography gear as tools, and you are on the right track. Camera bodies, lenses, bags, tripods, and a whole load of other stuff can help us take photos.

But how can they help us? And what can they help us to do?

In this episode, I tell you.

The criteria for buying new gear. Again.
Why the camera body doesn’t matter as much as you might have thought.
What crop factor means but why you don’t need to worry about this too much.
Some specific examples of how gear helps me take photos.
What if I use a phone to take photos and not a camera?
What if I use a film camera? Ok, albeit briefly.
And finally, what I do.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love?

Support the Show.

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

What photography gear should you buy? How do you use it? Where do I start? I am confused!

Right. Stop. What gear do you have? What do you need more gear for? You might not need more gear; you might have all you need; you just don’t know it.

Listen to this episode before you even think about buying any more gear. Please don’t do what I did.

In this episode, I tell you.

The criteria for buying new gear.
What gear do I use?
How I use my gear.
Why you might not need more gear.
What if I use a phone to take photos and not a camera?
What if I use a film camera?
And finally, what I do. Oh, I really tell you what I do and how I use my gear.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love?

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Would you like to know the best way to take a photo? As obvious as it might sound, there are things that you might not know. So, if you are still trying to figure out what to do or want help taking better photos, you are in the right place. I can help you with this.

You can do things when you take a photo to get the best results. In this episode, I tell you exactly what they are and what you need to do. How utterly splendid!

In this episode, I tell you.

How to get the technical stuff sorted.
What your camera might be telling you.
How to actually take a photo.
What to do if you are using a tripod.
What if I use a phone to take photos and not a camera?
What if I use a film camera?
And finally, what I do.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love?

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Here's more good stuff on how to take better photos. This is the fifth in an ever-expanding series of episodes about how to do this.

The important bit of photography is the taking of the photos bit. But how do you do it? And more importantly, why are you taking that photo, and what of?

More food for thought that will help you to take fewer photos but better ones.

In this episode, I tell you.

· How to get started taking photos.

· The stuff you should think of before you take a photo.

· Why taking fewer photos is so good.

· A quick word on my one photo rule.

· Who cares about your precious photos? (No one unless they are really good!)

· What if I use a phone to take photos and not a camera?

· What if I use a film camera?

· And finally, what I do.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love?

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Photography Composition Tips and Techniques. This is the fourth in the series of episodes about how to take better photos. And this is the bit that I forgot from the last episode.

Camera settings – why are there so many? And gear. Photography gear. Why is there so much of it?

Well, I am not saying that you need more gear, but the different camera settings and different camera gear allow you to create better compositions, which means better photos.

And we all want this.

In this episode, I tell you.

How different camera settings can improve your compositions.
How different camera gear can improve your compositions.
How camera sensor size affects the composition.
Why the field of view is so important.
What if I use a phone to take photos and not a camera?
What if I use a film camera?
And finally, what I do.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love?

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

This is the third in the series of episodes about how to take better photos. And do you want to know one of the best ways to take better photos?

Thinking about what you include in a photo and how the things you include relate to each other is one of the best ways to take better photos.

I am talking about composition, and in this episode, I tell you lots of good stuff about it. Because guess what – all anyone looking at your photos knows is what they are looking at. So, we need to make all our photos the best we can, right?

In this episode, I tell you.

What composition is.
How you can learn all about composition.
Why moving, looking and thinking are incredibly simple yet powerful things to do.
What if I use a phone to take photos and not a camera?
What if I use a film camera?
And finally, what I do.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love?

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Photography Explained Podcast Episode 173 - What Are You Trying To Do With Your Photography?

What Are You Trying To Do With Your Photography? What are your hopes and dreams? Are you happy as you are taking photos with your phone? Or do you want to be a professional photographer and earn a full-time living from your photography?

This is the starting point in learning how to take better photos, which is what this series of episodes is about. Yes, taking better photos starts with you and what you want to get out of your photography. Then, you need to decide what you want to take photos of and what you will do with the photos you have created.

You need a plan, and I will help you with this.

Once you have a plan and know what you are trying to do with your photography you can begin that wonderful voyage of photographic discovery.

In this episode, I tell you.

How you can work out what you want to do with your photography.
To think about what you want to take photos of.
To think about what you are going to do with your photos.
What people don’t know or don’t care about when they look at your photo.
What if I use a phone to take photos and not a camera?
What if I use a film camera?
And finally, what I do.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love?

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Photography Explained Podcast Episode 172 - How To Take Better Photos - Part 1 - 11 Things For You To Do

This episode starts a series of episodes where I teach you how to take better photos. Nice and simple. And very important.

No matter where you are on your photographic journey, there are things that you and I can do that will help us to take better photos. Every time I take a photo, I try to take a better photo than last time. I will tell you how I do this in this series of episodes.

In this episode, I tell you.

· What is the most important thing in photography?

· 11 things that you can do to help you take better photos.

· What people care about when they look at your photo?

· What people don’t know or don’t care about when they look at your photo?

· What if I use a phone to take photos and not a camera?

· What if I use a film camera?

· And finally, what I do.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love?

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

I have been talking about stupid photography terms that don’t make sense. But what are we going to do with them? How can we make photography accessible to all in 2024 and beyond?

In this episode, I tell you

How I replace ISO.
How I change the aperture scale.
Why exposure time makes sense (and not shutter speed).
Why how we see the world as 1x replaces focal length, crop factor and all that nonsense.
What if I use a phone to take photos and not a camera?
What if I use a film camera?
And finally, what I do.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love?

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

This is the last episode in my series of stupid photography terms that don’t make sense. In this episode, I give you my take on these terms.

Crop factor
Speedlite/ flashgun
Camera shake
Stop
F-stop
Fast lens
JPEG
RAW

And why I think that they are stupid. Most of them. I also tell you

What if I use a phone to take photos and not a camera?
What if I use a film camera?
And finally, what I do.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love?

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Yes, 11 more photography terms that confuse explained and shamed. This is part 2 of my three-part series explaining photography terms that are out of date, confusing at best or just plain old wrong.

And if you are a phone user wanting to get into more photography but finding all this stuff putting you off, don’t worry; I’ve got you.

I know how you feel. And I can help you. And that is what I do in this episode.

In this episode, I tell you.

What depth of field Is, and what should it be called?
When is a hot shoe not a hot shoe?
Why streets are not the only public places!
How a fish sees (fish variable).
What if I use a phone to take photos and not a camera?
What if I use a film camera?
And finally, what I do.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love?

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Hi, Rick here. I hope that you're well.

This is the trailer for the Photography Explained Podcast.

In this trailer, I will tell you what my podcast is all about and where you fit in, dear listener.

My podcast is based on my experiences and knowledge, not internet searches. Sure, there's some research into some of the stuff I talk about because I don't know everything.

But the starting point is what I know from over 40 years of practising, studying, learning and indeed loving photography.

You can check out the podcast website to find out more and how you can ask me a question.

Take care. Stay safe. Cheers from me, Rick.

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Do you find some photography terms completely baffling? Are you bewildered by terms like APS-C, mirrorless camera, focal length, and aperture scale?

Are you a phone user wanting to get more into photography but finding this strange terminology putting you off?

I get you. I know how you feel. And I can help you. So let me.

In this episode, I tell you.

· Why APS-C should be banned.

· Why ISO does not make sense.

· Why the exposure triangle does not actually do anything.

· And why eight other photography terms are rubbish?

· What if I use a phone to take photos and not a camera?

· What if I use a film camera?

· And finally, what I do. In brief. Very brief this time.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love?

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Camera equipment is very important, expensive and very breakable if you do not look after it.

Do you know how to look after your gear properly?

In this episode, I tell you how to look after my gear. I have not had a problem with any of my gear as I look after it so carefully. So, listen to this episode to find out how you can look after your gear like I do mine.

In this episode, I tell you.

The gear that I use and how I look after it.
How and where I store my gear.
How I clean my gear, and what with.
What if I use a phone to take photos and not a camera?
What if I use a film camera?
And finally, what I do. Again….

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love?

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Why would I want to use this complicated stuff to take photos? Do I need to? Shouldn’t this be easy?

It depends on you and where you want to go with your photography.

These are perfectly valid questions but do not worry. In this episode, I will tell you how I use this complicated stuff, which, with time and practice, is not complicated at all. It just sounds like it is. That is the bit I want to get over to you.

In this episode, I tell you.

What complicated photography stuff do I use to take my photos?
Why do I use all this stuff?
And why, with practice, it is not complicated at all.
What if I use a phone to take photos and not a camera?
What if I use a film camera?
And finally, what I do. Again….

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love?

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

It’s 2023. Most of us have phones. And they take amazing photos. So why do we need cameras? Come on, phones are all we need, right?

Well, it just depends. I need a camera in 2023. I still prefer taking photos with my camera rather than my phone. You cannot beat the experience of taking photos with a camera. And I cannot take the photos I need with my phone.

So, I need a camera in 2023.

Do you need a camera in 2023? Let me know.

In this episode, I tell you.

Why I love taking photos with my camera.
Why I need control of what is going on.
Complicated photography stuff that I love and use!
What if I use a phone to take photos and not a camera?
What if I use a film camera?
And finally, what I do.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love?

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Histogram. Doesn’t sound like a photography thing. Sounds complicated. What is it, Rick? Do I need to know about this?

Yes, you do need to know about this. A histogram can help you get the best exposure you can and tell if you have not got the best exposure.

In this episode, I tell you.

What a histogram is.
How you can use a histogram to get the best exposure.
How you can use a histogram to tell you if you got the exposure correct.
What if I use a phone to take photos and not a camera?
What if I use a film camera?
And finally, what I do.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love?

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Sharpness. What does this mean in photography? Is this important? Do I need to know about this?

Yes, you do need to know about this. You should aim to get the sharpest photo you can every time you create an image. But you need to know how to do this, right?

In this episode, I tell you.

What sharpness means in photography.
How you can take and process sharp photos.
What does tack sharp mean?
What if I use a phone to take photos and not a camera?
What if I use a film camera?
And finally, what I do.

All explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in less than 27 (ish) minutes!

What is not to love?

Support the show

Get your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Depth of field. What is this, and do I need to know about it?

Yes, you do. Depth of field is important to understand and can help you take your photos to another level.

This is the answery bit.

Depth of field is the amount of a photo that is acceptably sharp from front to back. Depth of field is determined by the aperture, focal length and the distance from where you are to your subject. The photographer can change the depth of field for technical or creative reasons.

And that is that. That is depth of field. See, it doesn’t sound too bad. So don’t worry, you will get this, and I will tell you what you need to know and no more, all in plain English.

In this episode, I tell you.

· What depth of field is.

· Why you need to understand this.

· How you can use depth of field

· How you can change the depth of field

· And finally, what I do.

What is not to love?

Support the showGet your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

What Is Crop Factor?

Is this photography term important? Do I need to know this? Yes, if you use a camera you need to know this if you use a micro four thirds or cropped sensor camera.

This is the answery bit.

Crop factor is the number that is used to calculate the effective focal length when taking a photo with a cropped sensor camera or a micro four thirds camera.

A full-frame camera has a crop factor of 1 in theory, a cropped sensor camera has a crop factor of 1.5 - 1.6 and a micro four thirds camera has a crop factor of 2.

The crop factor converts the focal length stated on the lens to the effective focal length, for example.

50mm on a full-frame camera is 50mm.
50mm on a cropped sensor camera is effectively 75-80mm.
50mm on a micro four thirds camera is effectively 100mm.

Basically, crop factors relate to the different sizes of digital camera sensors. The term crop factor is very important in photography, we really do need to understand this. This is about the physical size of the sensor, and how this affects the focal length selected and the effective focal length that you get.

But don’t worry, it is not as bad as it sounds. And I will tell you what you need to know and no more, all in plain English.

In this episode, I tell you.

· What crop factor is.

· Why you need to understand this.

· Why it affects the actual focal length that you get with your lens.

· What different crop factors there are.

· And finally, what I do.

What is not to love?

Support the showGet your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

What Is Auto Exposure Bracketing (AEB)?

Auto exposure bracketing. What is this? Do I need to know about this? It sounds rather tricky.

This is the answery bit.

Auto exposure bracketing is the process of taking multiple photos at the same time to capture a wider dynamic range, a wider range of lights and darks. More of what we can see with our eyes.

When using auto exposure bracketing the camera automatically takes three photos, one the correct exposure, one underexposed photo, and one overexposed photo. The amount of under and over-exposure is set by the photographer.

The camera changes the aperture or shutter speed for the under and overexposed photos, which is determined by the picture mode that is being used.

Auto exposure bracketing is also known as AEB and is defined as an advanced operation by Canon.

But don’t worry, it is not as bad as it sounds. And I will tell you what you need to know and no more, all in plain English.

In this episode, I tell you.

· What auto exposure bracketing is.

· Why you might need it.

· Why your camera is not as good as you are.

· How to use AEB.

· When to not use AEB.

· And finally, what I do.

What is not to love?

Support the showGet your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Camera Metering - How To Get The Right Exposure. What is this all about then?

Well, this is a quick fly though camera metering and what is going on inside your camera, just the stuff you need to know.

Photography is drawing with light, so it makes sense to understand how your camera captures the light right?

This is the answery bit.

When you take a photo, you press the shutter button. The camera takes a meter reading of the light before the shutter opens. The shutter then opens, exposing the camera sensor to light.

The amount of light that gets through to the camera lens is determined by the aperture selected and the amount of time that the shutter is open. The ISO determines how the camera processes the light that reaches the camera sensor.

Depending on which mode you are in, the camera selects the aperture, shutter and ISO to get the correct exposure having taken a meter reading. This is all done in the time between you pressing the shutter button and the photo being taken.

In this episode, I tell you

· How a camera measures the light

· Different metering modes

· Thoughts on taking a photo

· What you need to know if you take photos with your phone

· What you need to know if you take film photos

· And finally, what I do.

Support the showGet your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

The exposure triangle. Sounds complicated. Is it? Do I really need to know this?

Yes, you do need to know what the exposure triangle is and how to use it if you want to progress with your photography. But don’t worry, I can help you. In this podcast episode, I tell you everything that you need to know about the exposure triangle. And just the stuff to help you with your photography.

This is the answery bit.

The exposure triangle is the combination of three camera settings, aperture, shutter speed and ISO, used to get a correct exposure when taking a photo. The exposure triangle allows photographers to use a specific aperture or shutter speed for a photo and still get the correct exposure. The exposure triangle helps photographers get the correct exposure in challenging lighting conditions.

In this episode, I tell you

· What the exposure triangle is

· Remind you what the three parts of the exposure triangle are

· Why this is important

· How you can use the exposure triangle to help you to take better photos

· What you need to know if you take photos with your phone

· What you need to know if you take film photos

· And finally, what I do.

Support the showGet your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

ISO in photography. What is it? What does it mean? Do I really need to know about this strange term?

Yes, you do is my answer to you. And in this podcast episode, I tell you all you need to know about ISO, just the stuff that will help you with your photography.

In this episode, I tell you

· What ISO stands for

· Why there are different ISO values

· What these numbers mean

· If changing the ISO changes the camera sensor sensitivity

· What you need to know if you take photos with your phone

· How you can use ISO to help you with your photography

Support the showGet your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Have you heard of the shutter in a camera, but are not sure what it is? And then there is shutter speed? What is this? Is this important too? Do you need to know these things?

Yes, this stuff is important – these are fundamentals of photography that you need to properly understand. I can help you with these. I will tell you all you need to know about the camera shutter and shutter speed.

In this episode, I tell you

What the shutter is
What shutter speed means, and why it is so important
What different shutter speeds there are
What shutter speeds you should use
How you can use shutter speed to take better photos
What this means with your phone camera

And this is all explained in plain English, without the irrelevant detail, in less than 27 (ish) minutes!

And yes, this is episode 156 even if I do say 155!

Support the showGet your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Aperture in photography – what does this mean? And is it important? Yes, it sure is, so you need to understand aperture if you want to take the best photos that you can. Understanding the aperture will help you take the highest quality, sharpest and correctly exposed photos with the depth of field that you want.

In this episode, I tell you

· What aperture is

· What those strange numbers mean

· Maximum and minimum aperture

· How aperture affects exposure

· How aperture relates to shutter speed

· Aperture and depth of field

· And lots of other good, aperture related stuff

Support the showGet your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Are you having trouble taking photos that look great? Are you photos too light or too dark? Do you want to learn how to fix this, how to get the exposure right every time you take a photo?

I can help you with this. I can tell you what you need to do to get the best exposure every time you take a photo.

In this episode I tell you

Camera settings and how they affect the exposure
How you know if you have got the exposure right or not
And how you can get the best exposure every time

Support the showGet your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Hi. Rick here. If you were expecting to listen to episode 154 of the Photography Explained Podcast, How Do I Get The Correct Exposure Every Time? well so was I! But it’s not here is it, not yet anyway.

I have written the episode, and I have recorded the episode. But when I came to edit it this morning, the audio was, well quite frankly awful. Digitally bad awful that is, not me awful. So awful that I am going to have to rerecord it, but I need to fix the problem first.

So, as you listen to this, I am in the middle of a big clean-up of my computer before I record the episode again. Then I need to edit the shiny new version. If I have fixed the problem that is.

While you are waiting, if you have a 27 minute gap in your life, why not head over to the Photography Explained Podcast website and find something else to listen to! Or send me a question to answer in a future episode. And why not head over to rickmcevoyphotography.com where you can read all about me and photographing buildings. So much good stuff, what is not to love.

At some point soon this episode will magically appear in your podcast feed, so until then I will say thank you for bearing with me, take care and stay safe.

Cheers from me Rick

Support the showGet your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Hi. I’m Rick, and yes, I am going to explain exposure in photography to you in plain English in less than 27 minute (ish) without the irrelevant details. Ok this is a two-parter. This is the what and the why episode. Next episode is the how episode.

This is the answery bit, which is as good a place as any to start.

Exposure in photography is the amount of light that reaches the camera sensor when taking a photo. A correctly exposed image has captured the range of light in a scene correctly. An underexposed photo is too dark, with information not recorded in the shadows. An overexposed image is too light, with information not recorded in the highlights.

That’s exposure in a nutshell, but there is lots more good stuff for you to listen to in this episode.

Support the showGet your question answeredThis is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions - just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give you a lovely, big shout out, which is nice.

Find out more about the podcast on the Photography Explained Podcast websiteAnd find out all about me on my photography websiteThanks very much for listening

Cheers from me Rick

View Details

Hi and welcome to Episode 152 of the Photography Explained podcast. I’m your host Rick, and in each episode, I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English, in less than 27 minutes (ish), without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google. Not in this episode.

First - here is the answery bit

Take one photo. When you are looking at something you want to photograph take one photo. Do not take loads of photos from different angles and viewpoints. Do not take hundreds of photos and try to find the good one when you get back home. Stop, think, look around, and take the best one photo that you can. And then move on.

Blimey, that sounds harsh, let me explain in the talky bit

What's next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 153 - What Is Exposure In Photography? (A Beginner's Guide)

Support the showGet your question answered.

This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions (and not mine). Just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give a lovely, big shout out, which is nice. And better of course than me giving myself a shout out!!

And some stuff for you to do

Rate and review my podcast – wherever you get your podcasts from
Subscribe or follow my podcast wherever you get your podcasts from
Tell anyone you think might like my podcast
Check out the Photography Explained Podcast website
Check out my photography website
Get in touch, if just to say hi!
Ask me a question!

Thanks very much for listening to my podcast, see you on the next episode.

Cheers from me Rick

Rick McEvoy

View Details

How Do You Take The Best Pictures You Can Using A Camera?

Hi and welcome to Episode 151 of the Photography Explained podcast. I’m your host Rick, and in each episode, I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English, in less than 27 minutes (ish), without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google. Not in this episode.

**First - here is the answery bit

To take the best photos that you can, stop, slow down, look around and think about what you are photographing. Think about what you are including in a photo, think about what you are not including in a photo, think about how the elements of a photo relate, and think about the light. Then get your composition. Then get all that technical stuff sorted. And then take the photo.

They say the best advice is free, and this is just that. Free advice that will help you to take the best photos that you can every time. Everything I talk about in this episode costs nothing other than time. And thought.

Yes, a lot of what I am talking about here is all about plain old thinking.

What's next?**
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 152 - My One Photo Rule - title being worked on!

Support the showGet your question answered.

This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions (and not mine). Just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give a lovely, big shout out, which is nice. And better of course than me giving myself a shout out!!

And some stuff for you to do

Rate and review my podcast – wherever you get your podcasts from
Subscribe or follow my podcast wherever you get your podcasts from
Tell anyone you think might like my podcast
Check out the Photography Explained Podcast website
Check out my photography website
Get in touch, if just to say hi!
Ask me a question!

Thanks very much for listening to my podcast, see you on the next episode.

Cheers from me Rick

Rick McEvoy

View Details

How Does A Camera Work? Just The Stuff You Need To Know! And also some more thoughts on the last episode, erm 11 Actionable Things You And I Can Do To Improve Our Photography in 2023 – Part 2.

Hi and welcome to Episode 150 of the Photography Explained podcast. I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic to you in plain English, in less than 27 minutes (ish), without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google. OK there was a bit of Google in this one.

**First - here is the answery bit

A camera is a light proof box with an opening in it, which opens when the shutter is raised to allow light to pass through to the camera sensor. Or film. This is what happens when you take a photo.**

**That was the answer. In this episode I will explain this all in a bit more detail, just enough to help you and I of course

What's next?**
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 151 - How Do I Take The Best Photo That I Can With My Camera?

Support the showGet your question answered.

This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions (and not mine). Just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give a lovely, big shout out, which is nice. And better of course than me giving myself a shout out!!

And some stuff for you to do

Rate and review my podcast – wherever you get your podcasts from
Subscribe or follow my podcast wherever you get your podcasts from
Tell anyone you think might like my podcast
Check out the Photography Explained Podcast website
Check out my photography website
Get in touch, if just to say hi!
Ask me a question!

Thanks very much for listening to my podcast, see you on the next episode.

Cheers from me Rick

Rick McEvoy

View Details

11 Actionable Things You And I Can Do To Improve Our Photography in 2023 – Part 2. And also some more thoughts on the last episode, erm 11 Actionable Things You And I Can Do To Improve Our Photography in 2023 – Part 1.

Hi and welcome to Episode 149 of the Photography Explained podcast. I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic to you in plain English, in less than 27 minutes (ish), without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google. Google not required for this episode, this is all in my head.

First - here is the answery bit

The 11 actionable things that you and I can do to improve our photography in 2023 are

Get out more and take photos
Learn to use all our gear properly
Start all over again
Simplify and get rid of distractions
Really think about composition
The one photo rule
Learn one new thing
Rethink how you edit your photos
Get a critique
Apply what you learn from that critique
Reflect on all of this stuff

I covered 1-5 in the last episode, so I will get straight on with 6-11 in the talky bit.

These things don’t cost a penny, they don’t cost a cent, these are just ways of taking what we have, what we know, and thinking afresh about how to take better photos. Well there is the critique of course, which you might have to pay for. But other than that no, just stuff that you and I can do.

Listen for much more

What's next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 150 - How Does A Camera Work? What You Need To Know And No More!

Support the showGet your question answered.

This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions (and not mine). Just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give a lovely, big shout out, which is nice. And better of course than me giving myself a shout out!!

And some stuff for you to do

Rate and review my podcast – wherever you get your podcasts from
Subscribe or follow my podcast wherever you get your podcasts from
Tell anyone you think might like my podcast
Check out the Photography Explained Podcast website
Check out my photography website
Get in touch, if just to say hi!
Ask me a question!

Thanks very much for listening to my podcast, see you on the next episode.

Cheers from me Rick

Rick McEvoy

View Details

11 Actionable Things You And I Can Do To Improve Our Photography in 2023. And also some more thoughts on the last episode, What Is Photography? My 2023 Update On What Photography Actually Is.

Hi and welcome to Episode 148 of the Photography Explained podcast. I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic to you in plain English, in less than 27 minutes (ish), without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google. Not in this episode.

First - here is the answery bit

The 11 actionable things that you and I can do to improve our photography in 2023 are

Get out more and take photos
Learn to use all our gear properly
Start all over again
Simplify and get rid of distraction
Really think about composition

Ok – I had to stop there – if I didn’t do this I would have been in danger of creating an hour long episode, and I don’t think any of us are ready for that yet are we? Well I’m not yet, it’s only been 148 episodes after all! So I am saving the last 6 for episode 149. Well I want to do this good stuff justice ok?

So you will just have to wait for 6-11…..

Listen for much more.

What's next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 149 - 11 Actionable Things You And I Can Do To Improve Our Photography in 2023 - Part 2

Support the showGet your question answered.

This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions (and not mine). Just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give a lovely, big shout out, which is nice. And better of course than me giving myself a shout out!!

And some stuff for you to do

Rate and review my podcast – wherever you get your podcasts from
Subscribe or follow my podcast wherever you get your podcasts from
Tell anyone you think might like my podcast
Check out the Photography Explained Podcast website
Check out my photography website
Get in touch, if just to say hi!
Ask me a question!

Thanks very much for listening to my podcast, see you on the next episode.

Cheers from me Rick

Rick McEvoy

View Details

Hi and welcome to Episode 147 of the Photography Explained podcast. I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic to you in plain English, in less than 27 minutes (ish), without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

In this episode, What Is Photography? My 2023 Update On What Photography Is. And also some more thoughts on the last episode, erm oh no sorry no need for that.

**First - here is the answery bit

What is photography?**

**Photography in 2023 is a thriving thing. Mobile phones have exploded photography to a completely new level. Tech in phones and cameras has closed the gap between pro and non pro photographers. Photography in 2023 is at the core of many social media platforms. But photography in 2023 is still what it ever was – drawing with light. Photography in 2023 is still all about composition, what is in a photo. Well it should be anyway.

OK – that is the answery bit – whatever am I going to talk about in this episode?**

Well I will start with what I spoke about in episode 1 first, and pick up on a few things from that. I started with what is photography and expanded it to what is photography to me.

Listen for much more.

What's next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 148 - 11 Actionable Things You And I Can Do To Improve Our Photography in 2023

Support the showGet your question answered.

This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions (and not mine). Just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give a lovely, big shout out, which is nice. And better of course than me giving myself a shout out!!

And some stuff for you to do

Rate and review my podcast – wherever you get your podcasts from
Subscribe or follow my podcast wherever you get your podcasts from
Tell anyone you think might like my podcast
Check out the Photography Explained Podcast website
Check out my photography website
Get in touch, if just to say hi!
Ask me a question!

Thanks very much for listening to my podcast, see you on the next episode.

Cheers from me Rick

Rick McEvoy

View Details

Hi and welcome to Episode 146 of the Photography Explained podcast. I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic to you in plain English, in less than 27 minutes (ish), without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

And a Happy 2023 to you dear listener. I hope that you are well.

I am starting off 2023 with something completely different. See I have things to deal with, so my priorities right now have to be elsewhere. So what I want to do is share with you the first episode of my podcast, What Is Photography?

This is the original recording, published in October 2020.

I will pick up on this in the next episode, where I will give you my thoughts on what is after all a fundamental question about photography. And this is something that I have a lot to say about.

What’s next?Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 147 - What Is Photography? My 2023 Update On What Photography Actually Is

Support the showGet your question answered.

This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions (and not mine). Just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give a lovely, big shout out, which is nice. And better of course than me giving myself a shout out!!

And some stuff for you to do

Rate and review my podcast – wherever you get your podcasts from
Subscribe or follow my podcast wherever you get your podcasts from
Tell anyone you think might like my podcast
Check out the Photography Explained Podcast website
Check out my photography website
Get in touch, if just to say hi!
Ask me a question!

Thanks very much for listening to my podcast, see you on the next episode.

Cheers from me Rick

Rick McEvoy

View Details

Hi and welcome to Episode 145 of the Photography Explained podcast. I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic to you in plain English, in less than 27 minutes (ish), without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google. OK – lots of research in this one, again.

In this episode, How Technology In Cameras Helps Us To Take Photos (Part 2). And also some more thoughts on the last episode, How Technology In Cameras Helps Us To Take Photos (Part 1).

**First - here is the answery bit

Well I answered this in the last episode. So in this episode I want to get straight into the things that I did not have time to talk about.**

Focus bracketing
Post focus simulation
In camera HDR
JPEG Presets
High Resolution Modes
Processing in camera
Wireless live streaming
In camera forgery proof technology
Lens coatings
Editing
AI stuff
Phone technology
Image processing – I need to come onto that. That will be one for yet another episode.

Listen on for much more.

What’s next?Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 146 - 10 Actionable Things You And I Can Do To Improve Our Photography in 2023

Support the showGet your question answered.

This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions (and not mine). Just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give a lovely, big shout out, which is nice. And better of course than me giving myself a shout out!!

And some stuff for you to do

Rate and review my podcast – wherever you get your podcasts from
Subscribe or follow my podcast wherever you get your podcasts from
Tell anyone you think might like my podcast
Check out the Photography Explained Podcast website
Check out my photography website
Get in touch, if just to say hi!
Ask me a question!

Thanks very much for listening to my podcast, see you on the next episode.

Cheers from me Rick

Rick McEvoy

View Details

Hi and welcome to Episode 144 of the Photography Explained podcast. I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic to you in plain English, in less than 27 minutes (ish), without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google. OK – lots of research in this one, again.

In this episode, How Technology In Cameras Helps Us To Take Photos. And also some more thoughts on the last episode, How Is Artificial Intelligence Used In Photography? Will AI Ever Replace Me?

First - here is the answery bit

Technology in cameras in 2022 helps us photographers to take better, higher quality, sharper photos. The technology helps us to take these photos in more challenging conditions than ever before. Technology has made cameras quicker, smaller, lighter and quieter. Technology in cameras has made it easier for photographers of all abilities to take photos using advanced techniques once available to pro photographers only.

Technology in cameras has closed the gap between consumer and pro photographers.

And technology in cameras has of course transformed mobile phone technology into what it is today. Listen on for much more.

What’s next?Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 145 - How Technology In Cameras Helps Us To Take Photos (Part 2)

Support the showGet your question answered.

This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions (and not mine). Just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give a lovely, big shout out, which is nice. And better of course than me giving myself a shout out!!

And some stuff for you to do

Rate and review my podcast – wherever you get your podcasts from
Subscribe or follow my podcast wherever you get your podcasts from
Tell anyone you think might like my podcast
Check out the Photography Explained Podcast website
Check out my photography website
Get in touch, if just to say hi!
Ask me a question!

Thanks very much for listening to my podcast, see you on the next episode.

Cheers from me Rick

Rick McEvoy

View Details

In this episode, How Is Artificial Intelligence Used In Photography? Will AI Ever Replace Me? And also some more thoughts on the last episode, I Only Take Photos With My Phone - What Photography Stuff Am I Missing Out On?Hi and welcome to Episode 143 of the Photography Explained podcast. I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic to you in plain English, in less than 27 minutes (ish), without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google. OK – lots of research in this one, and not just from Google. More on that later.

**First - here is the answery bit

AI is artificial intelligence. AI is used in photography to take technically higher quality photos. AI in photography is used to apply previous learning to the processing of images. AI in photography provides endless new opportunities to intelligently automate photographic processes.

But. AI cannot replace the human bit of us, our feelings, emotions, views, and beliefs.

So no, AI in photography will not replace us as photographers. Well not completely. And not yet.

But one day…. Who knows…**Listen on for much more.

What’s next?Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 143 - How Is Artificial Intelligence Used In Photography? Will AI Ever Replace Me?

Support the showGet your question answered.

This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions (and not mine). Just click here. Not only will I answer your question, but I will also give a lovely, big shout out, which is nice. And better of course than me giving myself a shout out!!

And some stuff for you to do

Rate and review my podcast – wherever you get your podcasts from
Subscribe or follow my podcast wherever you get your podcasts from
Tell anyone you think might like my podcast
Check out the Photography Explained Podcast website
Check out my photography website
Get in touch, if just to say hi!
Ask me a question!

Thanks very much for listening to my podcast, see you on the next episode.

Cheers from me Rick

Rick McEvoy

View Details

In this episode, I Only Take Photos With My Phone - What Photography Stuff Am I Missing Out On? And also some more thoughts on the last episode, Do I Really Need A Camera In 2022? Or Will My Phone Do Instead?

Hi and welcome to Episode 142 of the Photography Explained podcast. I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English, without the irrelevant details, in less than 27 minutes (ish) What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

First - here is the answery bit

If you only take photos with a phone you are missing out on many photographic things, such as

A thing ergonomically designed to take photos – yes a camera
Camera lenses
The taking photos with a camera experience
A much larger camera sensor
Gear to help you take better photos
And a whole world of photography stuff
OK - and some complicated photography stuff too

I know that phones are great and can take amazing photos, but let me tell you what you might be missing out on if you only use your phone to take photos.

Listen on for much more.

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 143 - How Is Artificial Intelligence Used In Photography? Will AI Ever Replace Me?

Support the showGet your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

View Details

In this episode, Do I Really Need A Camera In 2022? Or Will My Phone Do Instead? And also some more thoughts on the last episode, What Does The Future Of Photography Look Like?

Hi and welcome to Episode 141 of the Photography Explained podcast. I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I try to explain one photographic to you in plain English in less than 27ish minutes, but still without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google. No Google required for this one.

First - here is the answery bit

If you want to fully explore the wonderful world of photography you do need a camera, even in 2022. Sure you can get great photos with a phone, but buying a camera allows you to grow your photography without limits, and fully embrace and enjoy the wonderful world of photography. Buy a camera and you open up a world of techniques, creative photo taking possibilities and of course the gear to help you. You don’t get all of this with just a phone, in my humble opinion.

Having said that, if you are happy taking photos with your phone then that’s fine, I just want you to know what you might be missing out on.

Listen on for much more.

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 142 - I Only Take Photos With My Phone - What Photography Stuff Am I Missing Out On?

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

Hi and welcome to Episode 140 of the Photography Explained podcast. I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I try explain one photographic in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish – OK more like less than 27ish minutes), but still without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google. OK – well there was a little bit of research in this one. Just a little bit.

In this episode, What Does The Future Of Photography Look Like? I touched on this in a previous episode or two, and have lots more to say on this. And a few thoughts from the last episode, Changes To My Podcast. And How Do We Get Started In Photography Today?

First - here is the answery bit

The future of photography is very bright. The demand for images is higher now that it has ever been, as has the number of photos being taken and shared. Photography has been opened up to a global, consumer market with advances in technology in phones, and also in cameras.

How photos are taken though has changed, as has how people get into photography these days. The challenge is to develop an interest in photography that goes beyond basic phone photography.

The future of photography also has to cater for the constant need for immediacy - higher quality quicker. Or even higher quality immediately.

Listen on for much more.

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 141 - Do I Really Need A Camera In 2022? Or Will My Phone Do Instead?

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

Hi, Rick here. No podcast episode today. No, I have moved to Friday publishing, so not long now…. Sorry that is a bit over the top isn’t it?

Anyway on Friday a splendid new episode of the Photography Explained Podcast, “What Does The Future Of Photography Look Like?”

This is the new, longer format. Much better too. Even if I say so myself. And I enjoyed writing and recording this episode, it turns out I had rather a lot to say! And I hope you enjoy this episode too.
Photography Explained Podcast Episode 139 - Changes To My Podcast. And How Do We Get Started In Photography Today?

Right - here is the answery bit
People get started in photography today by taking their new phone out of the box, turning the phone on, and taking photos. That is how people get started in photography today. Which is slightly less than when I got into photography all those years ago!

More on this in a bit. But first, I want to tell you what I am going to change with my podcast, and why. And why it will be much better of course.

I have mentioned this before, after 130 ish episodes of my podcast I have been thinking about things. I missed an episode, then one was late, and I realised that I do not have the time to do everything that I want to do, including my podcast. So, some things have to change.

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

Hi Rick here. I just wanted to remind you that the Photography Explained Podcast has moved to a fortnightly schedule, starting a week on Friday. The next episode is titled “What Does The Future Of Photography Look Like?”. And no I have not recorded this yet, but am looking forward to this one. I have some work to do too which is good.

Sorry for the delay, but I am sure that you will soon get used to the fortnightly episodes, and enjoy the new format.

If there is a 10-20 minute gap in your life that you want to fill while you wait for the next episode, just head over to the Photography Explained Podcast website, which you can find at photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start. I know, how do I come up with this stuff!

There you can find all the episodes, scripts and you can also find out more about my small but perfectly formed podcast (it says here).

And my podcast is available to listen to and download on all major podcast providers. If It is not on your podcast provider of choice please let me know.

I would like to suggest a couple of the most popular episodes to you, which you might want to check out.

How Does A Camera Work?
How To Take A Photo
What Is The Exposure Triangle?

And do you know what, I think I will revisit some of these earlier episodes. Yes, that is a great idea.

What do you think?

OK – that is all from me for this week, catch you on Friday 14th October with “What Does The Future Of Photography Look Like?”

Take care, stay safe

Cheers from me Rick

Support the show

View Details

Photography Explained Podcast Episode 139 - Changes To My Podcast. And How Do We Get Started In Photography Today?

Right - here is the answery bit
People get started in photography today by taking their new phone out of the box, turning the phone on, and taking photos. That is how people get started in photography today. Which is slightly less than when I got into photography all those years ago!

More on this in a bit. But first, I want to tell you what I am going to change with my podcast, and why. And why it will be much better of course.

I have mentioned this before, after 130 ish episodes of my podcast I have been thinking about things. I missed an episode, then one was late, and I realised that I do not have the time to do everything that I want to do, including my podcast. So, some things have to change.

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 140 - What Does The Future Of Photography Look Like?

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

Photography Explained Podcast Episode 136 - How Many Types Of Filters Are There In Photography?

Right - here is the answery bit

Photography is bigger in 2022 than ever. There are probably more photos taken this year than ever before. So photography is still wholly relevant in 2022, with the growth being driven in part by the massive global popularity of social media. And this demand is only going to grow, with an growing population and technology becoming more and more accessible.

Photography is changing with trends and technology, but is alive and well in 2022. There is a reason for this episode, which I will get on to next episode.

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 139 - What's New In The Photography Explained Podcast?

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

Photography Explained Podcast Episode 137 - My Call For Questions From You. And Your Help.

A different episode this week. This week it is all about you dear listener. Yes you.

I am not explaining anything in this episode. I am asking you to do two things which will help me to shape the podcast to better serve you, and answer your questions. And this is why I created my podcast, to answer your questions.

Firstly, please send me your question
Secondly, please complete my survey

OK - hopefully that is all OK with you and what I am asking you to do is for your benefit and not mine. OK I benefit massively if you send me loads of questions but this is about you and not me......

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 138 - erm no idea, up to you.

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

Photography Explained Podcast Episode 136 - How Many Types Of Filters Are There In Photography?

Right - here is the answery bit

There are many different types of filters in photography, which I will split into two distinct categories.

Ones that you attach to a camera lens
Ones that exist in software.

Filters are used to enhance both image capture and images in post processing.

Yes, having regretted picking this as the subject for this podcast episode, I realised that for a whole generation of people filters are not things that you attach to a camera lens, but things that you apply in an App on your phone.

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 137 - My Call For Questions From You. And Your Help

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

Hi - episode 136 is not ready yet. Sorry. I am working on it and it will be with you soon so please pop back later on this week where you will find the full, splendid episode.

And in the spare time you now have why not send me a question that I can answer?

Cheers from me Rick

Support the show

View Details

Polarizing Filters - What Are They? What Do They Do? Do I Need One? Hi and welcome to Episode 135 of the Photography Explained podcast.

Here is the answery bitPolarizing filters are normally attached to the front of a camera lens, and filter out reflected light waves giving clearer images. Polarizing filters are used to reduce reflections, darken skies and also can enhance contrast, saturation, colours and vividness in a photo.

So pretty good then? And yes I have one. And I love it.

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 136 - How Many Types Of Filters Are There In Photography?

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

ND Filters - What Are They? What Do They Do? Do I Need One? Hi and welcome to Episode 134 of the Photography Explained podcast.

Here is the answery bit

ND stands for neutral density. A neutral density filter reduces the amount of light that passes through the lens to the camera sensor. This gives the photographer more control over the camera settings that he or she can use, whilst still getting a correct exposure in a variety of lighting conditions. ND filters can be used in very bright conditions to help get the correct exposure, or to reduce the depth of field. ND filters allow photographers to use longer shutter speeds in conventional lighting situations for creative reasons, such as to blur water, clouds or anything moving in the photo.

ND filters are basically sunglasses for cameras. And a very cool tool that I love to use!

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 135 - What Are Polarizing Filters Used For? Now These Are Really Cool!

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

5 More Excellent, Actionable Tips To Keep Your Photography Developing In 2022. Hi and welcome to Episode 133 of the Photography Explained podcast.

Here is the answery bit

Try autobracketing and put the photos together in whatever editing software you use, or
Deliberately underexpose and overexpose photos (and see what you get)
Take the same photo with different apertures (but the correct exposure)
Take the same photo with different shutter speeds (but the correct exposure)
Try a long exposure

Yes, these are all related to taking photos but varying how you take the photos using different camera settings.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 134 - ND Filters - What Are They? What Do They Do? Do I Need One?

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

Do I Need New Photography Gear? My Common Sense Check That Says Probably Not. Hi and welcome to Episode 132 of the Photography Explained podcast.

Here is the answery bit
You might want to get some shiny new photography gear, but do you actually need it? Pretty much every time I find myself looking for new photography gear, when I stop and ask myself if I really need it, the answer is no. I only get new photography gear if it will

Help me take photos that I cannot take with my existing gear, or
Help me to take better photos, or
Help me doing something new, or
Help me by saving me time
Or if I have just broken something, or something needs replacing that is life expired

OK – that is the disappointing, dull reality. If you are looking for some shiny new gear, you probably do not need it. Let me explain.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 133 - 5 More Excellent, Actionable Tips To Keep Your Photography Developing In 2022.

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

How Can I Improve My Photo Editing Workflow? Want To Know What I Do? Hi and welcome to Episode 131 of the Photography Explained podcast.

Here is the answery bit
I have been using using Lightroom since version 1.0. Yes I was there when Lightroom was unleashed on the world. And this is my workflow, step by step. I have no idea how long this will take me, but I am going to just go for it ok!

You might want to go to the podcast website where you will find this script which you can read, copy, whatever you want. Just head over to the Photography Explained Podcast website.

Before I go on, I also use

• Photoshop to remove stuff I can’t remove in Lightroom.

• Luminar when I need to change the sky

And that is it. If I can process a set of images without using Photoshop I am happy. Nothing against Photoshop, it is just that I am not a fan. And I only change the sky when I need to, which is more often than I would like as I am here in England where the weather can be, erm, rubbish.

Sorry – one more thing

I am an architectural, construction and real estate photographer. This is how I process my commercial images. For my personal work, travel, and landscape photography, I do much the same but allow myself some freedom and give myself time to play. So things get a little bit funkier, but not too funky.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 132 - Do I Need New Photography Gear? My Common Sense Check That Says Probably Not.

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

25 Lightroom Keyboard Shortcuts That I Use All The Time To Save Me Time. Hi and welcome to Episode 130 of the Photography Explained podcast.

Here is the answery bit
Here are 25 Lightroom keyboard shortcuts that I use. I have listed these during an editing session – they are not produced from a Google search. Yes these are the ones that I actually use. And if you don’t use Lightroom don’t worry – whatever you use will have similar.

P for pick – how I quickly choose photos to think about editing
X for reject – a quick way to sort the rubbish out
U to cancel flag – for when I change my mind
D for develop – takes me straight to editing photos
M for map – takes me straight to the excellent map module
R for crop – takes me straight to the crop tool
O for crop overlays – lets me scroll through the different crop overlays
G for grid – takes me to the grid view in the library mode
Control C – to copy stuff
Control V – to paste the stuff that I have copied
Shift Tab – quickly get rid of or bring back the side panels
Control A – select all the photos
Right arrow key – used on the sliders to give me fine control
Left arrow key – the same but the other way
Home – takes me to the first photo in a collection/ folder
End – takes me to the last photo
Page Up – many uses, including the spot removal tool
Page Down – many uses, including the spot removal tool
K new mask – takes me straight to a new mask
Q spot removal – takes me straight to the spot removal tool
W – white balance – takes me straight to the white balance tool
Y before and after – a quick look at what I have done
F full image – gives me the image on a full screen
F2 – when I want to change a filename
Space bar – zoom in/ out – dead handy

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 131 - How Can I Improve My Photo Editing Workflow? Want To Know What I Do?

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

How I Save Time Editing Photos - 11 Top Tips Just For You. Hi and welcome to Episode 129 of the Photography Explained podcast.

Here is the answery bit

My 11 top tips to save you time editing your photos are these

Choose one software program and stick with it
Learn how to use the software properly
Customise the software to suit you
Get to know presets
Save time with keyboard shortcuts
Copy and paste – yes copy and paste!
Get your own workflow
Practise, practise, practise
Know what you want out of a photo
Get it right in camera
Do not edit every photo

This is going to be short, punchy episode which will give you lots of things to think about.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 130 - 25 Lightroom Keyboard Shortcuts That I Use All The Time To Save Me Time

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

Hi, Rick here. Sorry for popping up on a Friday, but there are two things that I forgot to say in episode 128 of the Photography Explained podcast.

The first thing
It was when I had to get photos from a shoot to a client super quick that things changed. Oh no, why did I not mention this in the podcast episode? I got home, explained the situation to my lovely wife, and got to work. 2 hours later the photos were issued. 2 hours start to finish. That was my lightbulb moment. I had got this all wrong. The photos were just fine, and done in half that time that I would have taken if I had the time.

And the other thing
Did I actually finish off the “How Do I Know When I Have Finished Editing A Photo?” question? I told you something that you can do. But there is a little bit more.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 129 - How I Save Time Editing Photos - 11 Top Tips Just For You

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

How Do I Know When I Have Finished Editing A Photo? It's Taking Forever! Hi and welcome to Episode 128 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Want me to answer your photography question? Get your thinking caps on, more on this at the end. Here is the answery bit
If it is taking forever editing photos I can help you. If it feels like it is taking forever to edit photos there might be a problem. There comes a point in photo editing when you are getting very little more for the efforts you put in. If you are spending 20 minutes editing a photo you might have finished it 15 minutes earlier.

And if you want to know how you find this out then listen on – this is good stuff. Well I would say that wouldn’t I!

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 129 - How I Save Time Editing Photos - 11 Top Tips Just For You

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

How Do You Actually Get Started With This Photo Editing Malarky Thing? Hi and welcome to Episode 127 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google. Definitely no Google in this episode.

Want me to answer your photography question? Get your thinking caps on, more on this at the end. Here is the answery bit
**To get into this photo editing malarky thing start with one photo. Just one photo. Choose one photo that is interesting. Choose one photo that you like the look of. Choose one photo that you are happy to spend time working on. Choose the best photo. Choose that one photo that you will be happy sharing with the world. And edit that one photo.

That’s it. Choose one photo. Yep that really is it. Don’t worry, there is more to this that I will explain. But this is going to be a less than 10 minutes episode. Well I say that now, let’s see……**

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 128 - How Do I Know When I Have Finished Editing A Photo? It's Taking Forever!

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

What Photo Editing Software Is Best For Beginners Who Want To Get Serious? Hi and welcome to Episode 126 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google. No offense Google.

Before I go on I need your help. I need your questions to answer. More on this at the end. Here is the answery bit
The best software for beginners who want to get serious with their photography is Lightroom. Lightroom has been designed by Adobe for photographers. In Lightroom you can store, organise, edit and publish photos in a logical way. You can get desktop or cloud versions which integrate with mobile devices.

Right – that is my answer. Not everyone will agree. And if this sounds like an advert for Adobe all I can say is that Lightroom is what I use, and I have been paying for with my own money since 2007. This is what I use. This is what I do.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 127 - What Photo Editing Software Is Best For Beginners?

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

What Do I Need For Editing Photos? This Is What You Need And No More Really! Hi and welcome to Episode 125 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google. No offense Google.

Before I go on I need your help. I need your questions to answer. More on this at the end. Here is the answery bit
To edit photos you need

A computer to put the photos on - or a mobile device of course
A monitor to look at the photos with
Something to make sure that the colours you are looking at are correct
The right place to edit your photos
Software to edit the photos with
And somewhere to back stuff up to

And you also need to

Know how to use the software
Know what you want to get out of your editing

Yeah, I have added a bit more to this one to get you thinking

OK – that is the answer. Well that is my answer. I will go through these quickly here, and I will expand on some of them in upcoming episodes.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 126 - What Photo Editing Software Is Best For Beginners?

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

9 Reasons Why Camera Sensor Size Matters? And What This Really Means To Us! Hi and welcome to Episode 123 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google. No offense Google.

Before I go on I need your help. I need your questions to answer. More on this at the end. Here is the answery bit.
To help you get started with editing photos here are 9 things that will help you

What actually is photo editing?
Do I have to edit my photos?
What stuff do I need to edit photos?
Where do I put my photos?
How long does it take to edit a photo?
How do I know when I have finished editing a photo?
What about photos taken on my phone?
Don’t obsess about this too much
Enjoy editing photos

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 125 - What Do I Need For Editing Photos? This Is What You Need And No More OK?

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

9 Reasons Why Camera Sensor Size Matters? And What This Really Means To Us! Hi and welcome to Episode 123 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google. No offense Google.

Before I go on I need your help. I need your questions to answer. More on this at the end. Here is the answery bit.
The size of a camera sensor determines

The actual focal lengths that you get from a lens
The resolution of images captured
The sizes of image files
The amount of depth of field
The standard of low light performance
The dynamic range that can be captured
The amount of noise that might be found in a photo
The size and weight of the camera and lenses
The cost of the camera and lenses

So yes, it is fair to say that the size of a camera sensor matters.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 124 - Photo Editing For Beginners - Where Do I Start? 10 Things To Help You

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

What Is Crop Factor? And How Does It Affect The Photos I Take? Hi and welcome to Episode 122 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google. No offense Google.

Before I go on I need your help. I need your questions to answer. More on this at the end. Here is the answery bit.
Crop factor is a number used to calculate the effective focal length of a camera lens on a cropped sensor or micro four thirds camera, compared to the same focal length on a full frame camera. Photos taken with cropped sensor and micro four thirds cameras are in effect zoomed in, when compared to the same focal length on a full frame camera. Photos taken at the same focal length on cropped sensor and micro four thirds cameras have a narrower field of view, meaning you get less in the photo.

Blimey. This is one of those. Complicated, quite boring, but very important. I will do my best on this one don’t worry.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 123 - 9 Reasons Why Camera Sensor Size Matters? And What This Really Means To Us!

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

What Should I Upgrade First - My Camera Or My Lens? Please Help Me! Hi and welcome to Episode 121 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google. No offense Google.

Before I go on I need your help. I need your questions to answer. More on this at the end. Here is the answery bit.
You should upgrade your lens before you upgrade your camera if you want to get higher quality, sharper images. Upgrading your camera lens will generally improve the quality of your photos more than replacing your camera body. You will also be able to shoot a wider range of subjects with a new lens. Camera lenses also have a longer working life than cameras, and are upgraded less frequently by manufacturers.

There will be times when you need to replace your camera first, but I will come onto them.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 122 - What Is Crop Factor? And How Does It Affect The Photos I Take?

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

I Have A Kit Lens - How Do I Know Which Lens To Buy To Progress My Photography? Hi and welcome to Episode 120 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google. No offense Google.

Before I go on I need your help. I need your questions to answer. More on this at the end. Here is the answery bit.
If you have a kit lens and want to progress with your photography you need to answer the following questions

What do you want to use the new lens for?
What will this new lens enable you to do that you cannot do with your kit lens?
How much are you willing/ comfortable to pay for a new lens?
Do you want a zoom lens or a fixed focal length lens?
Are you planning on changing your camera/ camera system?
Do you buy a lens made by your camera manufacturer, or do you buy a lens made by someone else?
New or second hand?
Are you going to buy any other lenses in the future?

That is the answer, in this episode I go through each of these one by one.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 121 - What Should I Upgrade First - My Camera Or My Lens? Please Help Me!

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

11 Essential Photography Gear Items Every Beginner Photographer Should Get Hi and welcome to Episode 119 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google. No Google required but I did need my camera which was nice.

Before I go on I need your help. I need your questions to answer. More on this at the end. Here is the answery bit.
I am going to tell you 11 essential bits of photography gear that will get you going taking great photos. They are

A tripod
Hurricane/ brush blower
Pec Pads
Lens cleaning solution
Spare batteries
Memory cards
Memory card cases
ND filter
Book
Camera Bag
Another lens

Ok – this is my list after all – I am sure that there are those who will disagree, but that is fine.

Now let me quickly go through each of these.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 120 - I Have A Kit Lens - How Do I Know Which Lens To Buy To Progress My Photography?

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained PodcastSupport the show

Support the show

View Details

How Do I Learn To Use Manual Mode On My Camera? Time For Some Fun Stuff! Hi and welcome to Episode 118 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google. No Google required but I did need my camera which was nice.

Before I go on I need your help. I need your questions to answer. More on this at the end. Here is the answery bit.
To learn how to use manual mode you need to start by putting your camera in manual mode. Take photos with the cameras suggested aperture, shutter and ISO combination. Then experiment with different apertures, shutter speeds and ISOs, and combinations of the three. And check out what has happened when you changed these things.

Take photos that are correctly exposed, under exposed and over exposed. I did this and it helped me to understand what was going on. It helped me to understand aperture, shutter, ISO and how they work together.

When I applied what I had learned to my photos, the photos that I took started to improve. And that was the beginning of my journey to where I am now.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 119 - 11 Essential Photography Gear Items Every Beginner Photographer Should Get.

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained PodcastSupport the show

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

What Does Manual Mode Mean And Do I Have To Learn It? (Yes You Do). Hi and welcome to Episode 117 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google. No Google required but I did need my camera which was nice.

Before I go on I need your help. I need your questions to answer. More on this at the end. Here is the answery bit.
Manual mode is the mode where you set the aperture, shutter speed and ISO when you take a photo. You decide all the camera settings, not the camera. You should learn how to use manual mode as there are times when you will need it, and understanding manual mode helps you learn the exposure triangle.

You should learn how to use manual mode, but you do not have to use it all the time.

OK – that was my answer. You should learn how to use manual mode, but you don’t have to use it all the time. Unless you want to that is.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 118 - How Do I Learn To Use Manual Mode On My Camera? Time For Some Fun Stuff!

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained PodcastSupport the show

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Listener question – I Want To Go Out And Shoot In The Rain But My Camera Is Not Weatherproof. Hi and welcome to Episode 116 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google. No Google required but I did need my camera which was nice.

Before I go on I need your help. I need your questions to answer. More on this at the end. Here is the answery bit.
To take photos in the rain safely there are a number products and techniques that you can use to protect your camera from damage. Some cameras are weatherproof, but still need protecting where possible, whereas cameras which are not weatherproofed required further measures to make sure that they are not damaged by rain.

So there are three parts to this

Camera weatherproof or not?
Smart working.
Protective gear.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 117 - What Does Manual Mode Mean And Do I Have To Learn It? (Yes You Do)

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained PodcastSupport the show

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Listener Question. My Gear Is Covered In Soot From The Great Dorset Steam Fair. Hi and welcome to Episode 115 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google. No Google required but I did need my camera which was nice.

Before I go on I need your help. I need your questions to answer. More on this at the end. Here is the answery bit.
To clean a camera and camera lens covered in soot and steam you need to work slowly and gently. Dry the camera out in a warm but natural environment. Remove any dust gently with a small brush. Use a blower/ blower brush to get rid of harder to remove bits. Use a magnifying glass to spot unwanted debris. Work slowly. Clean the outside first, and remove the lens and see if any soot has got inside and remove that.

Work logically and with care. But, if you have any doubts about doing this pay someone reputable to get your camera cleaned professionally.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 116 - Listener question – I want To Go Out And Shoot In The Rain But My Camera Is Not Weatherproof?

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained PodcastSupport the show

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

What Is A Histogram And How Can It Help Us When We Shoot? Hi and welcome to Episode 114 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google. No Google required but I did need my camera which was nice.

Before I go on I need your help. I need your questions to answer. More on this at the end. Here is the answery bit.
A histogram is a visual representation of the tones in a photo. A histogram is a graph which shows the distribution of the range of tones from black to white. Histograms can be found in most cameras, and also in image editing software such as Lightroom. A histogram will tell you if a photo has been under exposed or overexposed, or if the exposure is OK. Every histogram is different, and the data in a histogram can help with image capture and processing.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 115 - Listener Question. My Gear Is Covered In Soot From The Great Dorset Steam Fair.

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained PodcastSupport the show

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Auto Exposure Bracketing - What Is It? How Can It Help You? Hi and welcome to Episode 113 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google. No Google required but I did need my camera which was nice.

Before I go on I need your help. I need your questions to answer. More on this at the end. Here is the answery bit.
Auto exposure bracketing is taking more than one photo at the same time, with different exposures. The first photo is taken using the correct exposure, using the camera settings set by the camera or the photographer. Subsequent photos are taken automatically by the camera with different exposures, by changing the aperture or shutter speed by an amount set by the photographer.

HDR is high dynamic range.

HDR Photography is not cheating, and not a bad thing.

And yes it is ok to use it.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 114 - What Is A Histogram And How Can It Help Us When We Shoot?

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained PodcastSupport the show

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Is HDR Photography Bad? Is It Ok To Use It? Or Is It Cheating? Hi and welcome to Episode 112 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Before I go on I need your help. I need your questions to answer. More on this at the end. Here is the answery bit.
HDR Photography is a technique which helps photographers capture more data in the lights and the darks of a photo. HDR Photography uses images taken at different exposures which are merged together in post-processing. HDR Photography allows photographers to capture a broader range of tones, but still not as broad as the amazing human eye.

HDR is high dynamic range.

HDR Photography is not cheating, and not a bad thing.

And yes it is ok to use it.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 113 - Exposure Bracketing - What Is It? How Can It Help You?

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained PodcastSupport the show

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

What Is Exposure Compensation, How Do I Use It? And Why Is It So Useful? Hi and welcome to Episode 111 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Before I go on I need your help. I need your questions to answer. More on this at the end. Here is the answery bit.
Exposure compensation allows photographers to quickly make a photograph lighter or darker by increasing or decreasing the exposure. Exposure compensation is used where the camera does not interpret the light in a scene correctly, or where the photographer wants to change the exposure from that selected by the camera for creative reasons.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 112 - Is HDR Photography Bad? Is It Ok To Use It? Or Is It Cheating?

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained PodcastSupport the show

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

10 Excellent, Actionable Tips For Beginner Photographers From Me Rick. Hi and welcome to Episode 110 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Before I go on I need your help. I need your questions to answer. More on this at the end. Here is the answery bit. Or in this episode, here are those 10 things.

Get out more and take photos.
Learn composition
Learn your camera properly, and how to use your camera
Take time taking photos
Get out more but take less photos
Less is more
Learn one photo editing software program
Get a critique
Really look at your photos and learn what you have done
Enjoy photography.

Right then – that is my list. These are my 10 actionable tips for photographers.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 111 - What Is Exposure Compensation, How Do I Use It? And Why Is It So Useful?

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained PodcastSupport the show

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Basic Zone Camera Modes Or Creative Zone Modes - Which Should I Use? Hi and welcome to Episode 109 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Before I go on I need your help. I need your questions to answer. More on this at the end.

Here is the answery bit
When I say Basic Modes I am talking about these, well these are the ones that my Canon 6D has.

Scene Intelligent Auto
Creative Auto Shooting
Special Scene
Portrait
Landscape
Close-up
Sports
Night Portrait
Handheld Night Scene
HDR Backlight Control

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 110 - 10 Excellent, Actionable Tips For Beginner Photographers From Me Rick.

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained PodcastSupport the show

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

How Do I Use Creative Zone Modes To Help Me Take Photos? Hi and welcome to Episode 108 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Before I go on I need your help. I need your questions to answer. More on this at the end.

Here is the answery bit
The Creative Zone modes in photography give the photographer creative control over the photos that they take. The Creative Zone modes are aperture priority, shutter priority, manual mode and program. Each of the Creative Zone modes can help photographers take photos in different situations with different subject matters. In the Creative Zone modes the user sets some or all of the camera settings to achieve the look and exposure that they want for a photo.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 109 - Basic Zone Camera Modes Or Creative Zone Modes - Which Should I Use?

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained PodcastSupport the show

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

What Are Creative Modes In Photography - And What Are The Other Modes? Hi and welcome to Episode 107 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Before I go on I need your help. I need your questions to answer. More on this at the end.

Here is the answery bit
Creative modes in photography are aperture priority, shutter priority, manual and programme modes. In these modes the photographer can change most if not all of the camera settings. The other modes are called basic modes, which have picture styles for different types of photos, and a limited choice of camera settings to change.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 108 - How Do I Use Creative Zone Modes To Help Me Take Photos?

Get your question answered.This is what my podcast is all about, answering your photography questions. So please get in touch with your question, and not only will I answer your question, but I will give a shout out on that episode, which is nice. And better than me giving me a shout out!! Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained PodcastSupport the show

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Program Mode - What Is It? Is It Ok For Me To Use It? Hi and welcome to Episode 106 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Before I go on I need your help. I need your questions to answer. This is why my podcast exists, so please get in touch with your question and get a shout out from me in a future episode. Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Here is the answery bit

Program Mode is indicated by the letter P on a Canon Camera. In program mode the camera selects the aperture and the shutter speed when you press the shutter release half way. Program Mode is more advanced than full auto as it allows the user to select some settings rather than the camera doing all of this, and the aperture and shutter combination can be quickly adjusted by the photographer.

OK - Why am I talking about Program Mode?

Well it was something that came up in a previous episode. I will come onto that in the talky bit.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 107 - What Are Creative Modes In Photography - And What Are The Other Modes?

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Do You Want To Know The 20 Camera Settings That I Use? Hi and welcome to Episode 105 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Before I go on I need your help. I need your questions to answer. This is why my podcast exists, so please get in touch with your question and get a shout out from me in a future episode. Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Here is the answery bit

The 20 camera settings that I use with my go to Canon 6D and Canon 17-40mm lens are

Camera Mode - AV
File Format – RAW
AF - On
ISO – 100
Aperture – F8
Shutter speed – determined by the camera
Metering Mode - Evaluative
Focus Mode – One shot
Drive Mode – 10 second self-timer
Auto-bracketing - On
White Balance - Auto
Picture Style – Standard
Auto lighting optimizer – Off
Colour space – sRGB
GPS – On
Back button focus - On
Image stabilisation – I don’t have this!
Focal length – 17mm
Tripod/ L bracket
Loupe viewer

Now that I have told you that little lot I need to explain a few things.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 106 - Program Mode - What Is It? Is It Ok For Me To Use It?

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

10 Camera Settings For Beginners - Lets Keep Things Nice And Simple. Hi and welcome to Episode 104 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Before I go on I need your help. I need your questions to answer. This is why my podcast exists, so please get in touch with your question and get a shout out from me in a future episode. Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Here is the answery bit

Here are 10 camera settings for beginners that will get you going taking photos

Picture taking Mode - Programme
Autofocus – ON
File format - RAW and JPEG, using the highest quality for each
ISO – 100/ 200 - as low as you can
Metering Mode - Evaluative
Focus Mode – AI Focus AF
Drive Mode – Single shot
White Balance - Auto
Picture Style – Standard
Image stabilisation – on for handheld, off on a tripod

And some other settings that vary depending on what you are focussing

Aperture
Shutter

OK then, that is my answer.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 105 - Do You Want To Know The 20 Camera Settings That I Use?

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Camera Settings 3 - The Things That You Set For Each Photo You Take. Hi and welcome to Episode 103 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Before I go on I need your help. I need your questions to answer. This is why my podcast exists, so please get in touch with your question and get a shout out from me in a future episode. Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Here is the answery bit

The camera settings that I will check, and change if needed, before taking a photo are these

Aperture
Shutter
Focus point
Focal length
Exposure compensation

And that is pretty much it – everything else is already sorted. Which leaves me to concentrate on what I am photographing.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 104 - 10 Camera Settings For Beginners - Lets Keep Things Nice And Simple.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Camera Settings 2 - Things That You Might Change When Out Taking Photos. Hi and welcome to Episode 102 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Before I go on I need your help. I need your questions to answer. This is why my podcast exists, so please get in touch with your question and get a shout out from me in a future episode. Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Here is the answery bit
Cameras these days have so many settings, but not all of them you have to change when you are out and about taking photos. Settings that you might change when you are taking photos are

Picture taking mode
Metering mode
Drive mode
AF Mode
ISO
Time

Yep, these are the types of settings that I might want to change during a shoot. Just these.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 103 - Camera Settings 3 - The Things That You Set For Each Photo You Take.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Camera Settings 1 - Things That You Can Set And Forget. Hi and welcome to Episode 101 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Before I go on I need your help. I need your questions to answer. This is why my podcast exists, so please get in touch with your question and get a shout out from me in a future episode. Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

Here is the answery bit
There are a whole range of camera settings that you set once and you are done. But you need your camera manual to find all these settings. The starting point is things that you set and forget so your camera works for you and your photography, whatever that may be. This is an individual thing that we all should do when we get a new camera, or you should do right now if you have not done this already! OK go and do it after listening to this splendid episode.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 102 - Camera Settings 2 - Things That You Might Change When Out Taking Photos.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

"Seasons Greetings from me Rick. Hi and welcome to Episode 100 and a half of the Photography Explained Podcast.

I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

But not in this episode.

But before I go on I do need your help. I need your questions to answer. This is why my podcast exists, so please get in touch with your question and get a shout out from me in a future episode. Just head over to photographyexplainedpodcast.com/start.

OK – thank you and I really look forward to hearing from you.

This is a short episode. I thought I should give your ears a break and just wish you a happy holiday season wherever you are and whatever this time of year means to you.

I hope that you will join me in 2022 as I continue to explain one photographic thing at a time in plain English in less than 10 minutes.

I am working hard over the holidays on being able to talk properly! And if you could work on some questions for me to answer that would be most splendid.

Thanks very much for joining me in 2021, stay safe, take care and I look forward to caressing your ears with my dulcet English tones in 2022.

Cheers from me Rick"

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Why Are There So Many Camera Settings? I Am Confused - Help Me? Hi and welcome to Episode 100 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Yes episode 100. More on that later. But now I want to get straight into this week’s episode.

Here is the answery bit

Camera settings allow photographers to change the way in which the camera takes a photo. After all we are converting light into digital stuff so there needs to be some control over how this happens.

Whilst there seems to be an endless number of camera settings these can be split into three main groups of settings

Camera settings that are set once in camera and you may never change them again
Camera settings that you might change during a shoot/ taking photos
Camera settings for each specific photo

In this episode I will start to explain this little lot, and tell you how to approach getting on top of the camera settings on your camera.

And this is going to take more than one episode, so bear with me as I break this down into manageable chunks. But don’t worry, we will get there.

OK – that was the longest answer ever. And up to writing this I was beginning to regret tackling such a broad subject but I have found a way, it was the bit in the answer.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 101 - Camera Settings 1 - Things That You Can Set And Forget.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Why Photography Gear Is Important - But Not That Important? Hi and welcome to Episode 99 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Here is the answery bit.
Photography gear is of course important, as you need it to take photos. What is more important though is how you use the gear and what you point it at. Composition and great image capture are more important than the gear that you use. You can take great photos with a rubbish camera, and you can take rubbish photos with a great camera.

OK – that is you told!

This is one of my things, and something that you need to understand. And trust me here, which I hope that you do, this is based on my own experiences.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 100 - Why Are There So Many Camera Settings? I Am Confused - Help Me?

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Which Camera Bag Should I Buy? 7 Things For You To Think About. Hi and welcome to Episode 98 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

**Here is the answery bit.

The camera bag that you buy will depend on**

The types of photography that you do
How much gear you have
How realistic you are about how much gear you really need to carry!
How much money you are prepared to invest
How many bags are acceptable to you

OK – there are two more things but I will get on to them.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 99 - watch this space - I hav enot come up with a title yet!

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Tripods Explained. What Actually Is A Tripod Anyway? Hi and welcome to Episode 97 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

**Here is the answery bit.

A tripod is a three legged piece of photographic equipment designed to give a firm base on which to attach a camera to take photos. Using a tripod gives the photographer the chance to take sharper photos, and also to take sharp photos in low light.**

OK – that is what a tripod is.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 98 - Which Camera Bag Should I Buy? 10 Things For You To Think About.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Do You Want To Know How To Take Photos On A Tripod? Hi and welcome to Episode 96 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

**Here is the answery bit.

To take photos on a tripod you need to**

Set the tripod up correctly
Securely mount the camera on the tripod
Select the right camera settings
Compose the photo carefully
Focus on the right bit
Get the exposure right
Activate the shutter remotely
Sit back and wait – I need to explain that bit

OK – that is how to take a photo on a tripod

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 97 - Tripods Explained.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

What Are The Advantages Of Using A Tripod? Here Are 5 From Me. Hi and welcome to Episode 95 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

**Here is the answery bit.

5 advantages of using a tripod are**

1 Tack sharp photos every time
2 Better compositions
3 Technically correct photos
4 Highest quality using the lowest ISO
5 Taking photos in low light situations is a breeze
And 3 bonus ones from me
6 Something for me to lean on
7 It makes me look great
8 I can include myself in photos
Let me explain.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 96 Do You Want To Know How To Take Photos On A Tripod?

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast
Support the show

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

How To Take Photos Handheld - Camera Settings That Work For Sharp Photos. Hi and welcome to Episode 94 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

**Here is the answery bit.

When taking photos handheld you need to hold your camera correctly, have a fast enough shutter speed, and carefully press the shutter release button. You need to use a combination of aperture, shutter and ISO that work for the selected focal length. Once you have a blurry photo that is that – a blurry photo will always be a blurry photo. And we don’t want that do we?**

Let me explain.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 95, What Are The Advantages Of Using A Tripod? Here Are 5 From Me.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

How Do You Hold A Camera Properly? This Is Very Important! Hi and welcome to Episode 93 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

**Here is the answery bit.

To hold a camera properly you should**

Hold the body and lens with your left hand
Hold the grip in your right hand
Stand straight
Legs slightly bent at the knees
Feet apart in line with the shoulders and slightly pointed out
Tuck your arms in tight
Relax
And breathe in and slowly out before gently pressing the shutter release
This is how you hold a camera properly.

Ok that was the answer – so let me explain.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 94, How To Take Photos Handheld - Camera Settings That Work For Sharp Photos.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Is Editing Photos Cheating? Well Is It? Well What Do You Think? Hi and welcome to Episode 92 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Here is the answery bit.

Editing photos is not cheating. Every digital photo that you see has been edited in some way or other. Every JPEG photo has been edited in camera. And that is a fact. To get the best out of a photo you need to edit it. So no editing photos is not cheating. It is just fine and we photographers do it all the time. But there is an exception to this which I will get on to.

Ok that was the answer – so let me explain.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 93, well erm ok not sure yet.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

RAW And JPEG - What Do They Mean? Which Is Better? It Depends But Mainly Yes! Hi and welcome to Episode 91 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Here is the answery bit.

RAW and JPEG are picture taking formats. When taking photographs using RAW no processing is applied to an image other than creating the image itself. When taking photos using the JPEG format the RAW data is processed in camera at the time of image capture. JPEG files look better out of camera, but RAW files record more tonal and colour data.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 92, Is Editing Photos Cheating? Well Is It? Well What Do You Think?

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Do I Really Have To Edit My Photos? It Depends But Mainly Yes! Hi and welcome to Episode 90 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Here is the answery bit.

You do not have to edit photos if you are happy with the photos your camera or phone has captured. To get the best photos though yes you do have to edit them. Editing photos is refining and improving what the camera has captured how you want, which is fine. Every digital photo created has been edited in some way or other.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 91, RAW And JPEG - What Do They Mean? Which Is Better?

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Camera Shake - What Is It And How Do I Stop It Happening? Hi and welcome to Episode 89 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Here is the answery bit.

Camera shake is a term used to describe the camera moving faster than the shutter speed when you take a photo handheld resulting in blurry photos that cannot be corrected. Camera shake can be easily avoided by choosing a fast enough shutter speed, holding the camera properly and taking the photo carefully, or by putting the camera on a tripod or other stable platform.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 90, Do I Really Have To Edit My Photos? Is Editing Photos Cheating?

A problem with simple fixes thankfully.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

What Is Manual Mode? Do I Really Have To Learn How To Use It? Hi and welcome to Episode 88 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Here is the answery bit.

In manual mode in photography you set the aperture, shutter speed and ISO manually. In manual mode when you take a photo the exposure is determined by what you tell the camera to do – the camera has no influence over the exposure achieved. Manual mode is used by photographers who want complete and creative control of the exposure of an image.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 89, Camera Shake - What Is It And How Do I Stop It Happening?

A problem with simple fixes thankfully.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Travel Photography All Done - And Now For Something Completely Different! Hi and welcome to Episode 87 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Here is the answery bit.

OK. I have done with travel photography which I loved talking about over the summer months. And now that summer is over I want to change the nature of the content. After 87 episodes cobbled together in an order that came out of my head I am going back to basics for a few episodes – let’s see how things go. But in this episode I want to quickly stop, take stock, and ask for your help and involvement.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 88, What Is Manual Mode? Do I Really Have To Learn How To Use it?
Well do you? Do I? Everyone says that we should but listen to my take on this.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Do You Want To Know How I Edit My Travel Photos In Lightroom? Hi and welcome to Episode 86 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Here is the answery bit.

There are two stages of editing photos. The first stage is to choose the photos to edit. I choose the best of the best only. And then I process them in Lightroom with the freedom to create stand out, bright, vibrant, and different travel photos that I hope make the viewer want to be there. Travel photography is all about making the photos of interest to someone who has not been there, and to make them curious about a location.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 87, Travel Photography - All Done - Now For Something Completely Different!

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

How To Organise Travel Photos In Lightroom To Save Time Later. Hi and welcome to Episode 85 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

**Here is the answery bit.

I have a dead simple way of organising my travel photos in Lightroom. This is what I do.**

Import the photos
Apply some processing on import.
Quickly go through the photos and delete the one that I just do not want.
Select the photos that I like the look of quickly – hit P
Create a new folder
Create a new sub-folder called Picks
Add the picks
Create a new sub-folder called All
Add the rest
Add all the photos to a collection and sync with Lightroom Mobile
11 Backup and format the memory cards

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 86, Help! How Do I Choose Which Travel Photos To Edit?

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

10 Not So Obvious Bonus Travel Photography Tips From Me To You. Hi and welcome to Episode 84 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

**Here is the answery bit.

My 10 not so obvious bonus travel photography tips are these**

Plan what you want to photograph
Know where the sun is all day
Get up early - and stay out after sunrise
Walk around a lot
Record video walkthroughs on your phone
Get a mini tripod
Ditch a load of gear and travel light
Photograph stuff you don’t normally photograph
Experiment with your camera
Just get out and have fun

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 85, How To Organise Travel Photos In Lightroom To Save Time Later.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Is Travel Photography A Good Career? Sounds Lovely But What Is The Reality? Hi and welcome to Episode 83 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

**Here is the answery bit.

Travel photography can be a career but there is tons of competition out there. To be successful in travel photography you need to be an excellent photographer, but more importantly excellent at marketing yourself and your excellent travel photos to the right people at the right time. The reality is that you can make some money from travel photography for sure, but I recommend that you have travel photography as part of a broader portfolio of products and services.**

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 84, 5 Not So Obvious Bonus Travel Photography Tips From Me To You

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Do You Want To Know What Skills You Need To Be A Travel Photographer? Hi and welcome to Episode 82 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

**Here is the answery bit.

You need the following skills to be a travel photographer**

Adventurous
Interested in travel
Understand local cultures
Respect local traditions
A great communicator
Good at planning
Good at preparation
Good at research
Even better at wandering around
Patient
Confident
Happy on your own
Technically excellent at taking photos
Be the king of composition
See the wider picture
But also the details
Ready at all times
Equipped with the right gear
And know how to use it
Have great workflows

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 83, Is Travel Photography A Good Career? Sounds Lovely But What Is The Reality?

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Travel Photography Gear For Beginners - 5 Things I Recommend. Hi and welcome to Episode 81 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Here is the answery bit

The five bits of travel photography gear I recommend for beginners are the following

A camera and lens combo that is lightweight and portable
A nice backpack with room for gear and other stuff
A travel tripod
A Neutral Density (ND) filter and holder
The Photographers Ephemeris App

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 82, Do You Want To Know What Skills You Need To Be A Travel Photographer?

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

How Do You Take Great Travel Photos Explained In Less Than 10 Minutes. Hi and welcome to Episode 80 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

**Here is the answery bit

This is what I do to try to take great travel photos**

Research the area
Look at other people photos of a location
When you get there find things to photograph that no one else is publishing
Check the weather
Check timings of things
Get the headline photos
Explore, explore, explore
Then look a bit deeper
Get different things from the headlines
Look for details
Try unusual viewpoints and angles
Remember you don’t have to travel to take travel photos
Be prepared
Gear choices
Memory card management
Put yourself in the frame!
Try some new stuff
Enjoy yourself
Share what you have created

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 81, Travel Photography Gear For Beginners - 5 Things I Recommend.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

11 Excellent New Essential Travel Photography Tips For Beginners. Hi and welcome to Episode 79 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Here is my answer

I love travel photography, and in this episode I am going to give you 11 tips, 11 things for you to think about if you are considering getting into travel photography. These are not your usual tips, but the 11 things that came into my head that I think will help you. These are very wide ranging tips based on my experiences as a travel photographer over many years.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 80, How Do You Take Great Travel Photos Explained In Less Than 10 Minutes.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

What Are My 7 Best Accessories For Mobile Phone Photography? Hi and welcome to Episode 78 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Here is my answer
My 7 best accessories for my iPhone for photography are a mini tripod, an adaptor to hold the phone, a Lumecube light, a Rode Microphone, a DJI Osmo and a waterproof case. And from time to time pebbles on the beach. And to be honest these are the only accessories that I have for my iPhone XS. Well apart from the case that is. OK so that is 7 things and not 5 as I originally planned.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 79, 11 Excellent New Essential Travel Photography Tips For Beginners.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

If Phone Cameras Are So Good, Should You Buy A Digital Camera In 2021? Hi and welcome to Episode 77 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Here is my answer
Phone cameras are amazing these days but cameras in my opinion give you better chances to take better photos. Cameras have larger sensors, and access to a much wider range of higher quality lenses and other camera accessories. And you cannot beat the ergonomics and handling of a great camera. So yes, in 2021 digital cameras are still well worth buying.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 78, What Are MY 5 Best Accessories For Mobile Phone Photography?

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Is It Better To Take Photos With A Camera Or A Phone? Hi and welcome to Episode 76 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Here is my answer
It is better that you take photos than not take photos. It is not better to take photos with a camera or a phone, it just depends on what you have with you, and what you want from the photos. If you are doing a high end shoot then fine, use a fancy camera. And if you are on a walk in the park then fine, use your phone. And for everything else in between? It really does not matter. Enjoying photography is what matters.

Right, I am glad I got that off my chest.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 77, If phone cameras are so good, should you buy a digital camera in 2021?

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

What Are The Main Differences Between A Phone Camera And A Camera? Hi and welcome to Episode 75 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Here is my answer
Phone cameras have smaller sensors than cameras, have fixed lenses and are used in a slightly different way than cameras to take photos. The accessories you can get for phones are relatively limited. Cameras have larger sensors and you can change the lenses. There are more accessories available for cameras than there are for phones. Cameras are generally still better than phones for taking photos, but you can get great photos with phones.Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 76, Is It Better To Take Photos With A Camera Or A Phone?

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Some Great Ideas To Help Us Take Better Videos With A Phone. Hi and welcome to Episode 74 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Here is my answer
To take better videos with a phone first think about what you are going to create a video of, and what are you going to do with the video. Plan everything in advance and move slowly. Get a mic to improve the sound. Film what you need to then call it good. And learn how to edit video – easy for me to say as I haven’t got a clue!Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 75, What Are The Main Differences Between A Phone Camera And A Camera?

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

19 Tips To Help Take Better Photos With A Phone. Hi and welcome to Episode 73 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Here is my answer
To take better photos with a phone you need to first think about what you are taking a photo of, and why. Spend time thinking about the composition of the photo, and try your phone held upright and rotated through 90 degrees. You need to know how your camera works, and use the best app that you have to take photos with. Finally, to take better photos with a phone you need to practise!

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 74, How To Take Better Videos With A Phone Explained In Less Than 10 Minutes.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Can You Take Professional Photos With A Phone? With A Phone? Really? Hi and welcome to Episode 72 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Here is my answer
You can take professional photos with a phone. Lenses on phone cameras offer high quality image capture, which combined with the software built into phones enable you to take professional photos with your phone. To a point. There are however a number of limits on this which I will explain.

What do I mean by professional photos?

I mean photos that you sell, that are of a high enough quality to be used by clients. OK? These are photos that, before phone cameras evolved into what they are now, would have been taken on “professional cameras”. Yes that is professional with me doing air quotes with my hands.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 73, 19 Tips To Help Take Better Photos With A Phone.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

What Is The Best Free Photo Editing App For iPhone/ iPad/ Android? Hi and welcome to Episode 71 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Here is my answer
The best free photo editing app for the iPhone is in my opinion Lightroom. It is free, and contains nearly all of the editing tools that you need. You can take photos in RAW using the built-in camera, organise, rate and edit photos, and share or export photos straight from the App. And if you pay to subscribe to the Creative Cloud Photography plan you can sync photos with Lightroom on the desktop.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 72, Can You Take Professional Photos With A Phone? With A Phone? Really?

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

What Phone Apps Do Photographers Use? These Are The 7 I Use The Most. Hi and welcome to Episode 70 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Here is my answer
The 7 phone apps I use most in my photography are (on my iPhone XS)

Lightroom
Camera App
Photos
The Photographer’s Ephemeris
Photoshop Fix
Canon Connect
Olympus OI.Share

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 71, What Is The Best Free Photo Editing App For iPhone/ iPad/ Android?

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

How Can I Improve My Mobile Camera Lens? This Is New To Me Too! Hi and welcome to Episode 69 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Here is my answer
You can buy various add on lenses to attach to a camera phone. These include

Telephoto lenses
Wide angle lenses
Fisheye lenses
Macro lenses
Anamorphic lenses

These lenses give you creative opportunities with your phone photography and get over some of the optical limitations of such small lenses.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 70, What Phone Apps Do Photographers Use? These Are The 7 I Use The Most.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Are Phone Camera Lenses Any Good? Lets Find Out. Hi and welcome to Episode 68 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Here is my answer
Phone cameras have much smaller lenses than mirrorless or DSLR cameras, but they have extraordinary image taking capabilities considering their size. Camera lenses on phones operate in the same was as they do on cameras, directing light onto the imaging sensor in the body of the phone. The combination of these remarkable lenses with the technology built into phones offer remarkable image taking possibilities - all from a phone.Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 69, How Can I Improve My Mobile Camera Lens? This Is New To Me Too!

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Camera Lenses Explained - Shall We Wrap This Up And Move On? Hi and welcome to Episode 67 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Here is my answer
A camera lens directs light onto the camera sensor. Different lenses are used by photographers for different subjects and different creative effects. You can get standard, wide angle, telephoto and other specialist lenses to suit your needs as a photographer. Camera lenses are either zoom (variable focal length) or prime (fixed focal length).Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 68, Are Phone Camera Lenses Any Good? Lets Find Out.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

What Is A Tilt Shift Lens? Let Me Explain In Less Than 10 Minutes. Hi and welcome to Episode 66 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Here is my answer
A tilt shift lens is a lens which can be tilted and shifted so the lens plane is not parallel to the camera sensor and the imaging circle is moved from the centre. This allows photos to be taken with different perspectives with more uniform image quality across the image. Tilt shift lenses are used in architectural photography, straightening verticals rendered crooked or converging by conventional lenses, and are also used where creative depth of field is required.Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 67, Camera Lenses Explained - Shall We Wrap This Up And Move On?

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Fisheye Lens Explained In Plain English In Less Than 10 Minutes. Hi and welcome to Episode 65 of the Photography Explained podcast.
I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Here is my answer
A fisheye lens is an ultra-wide camera lens that typically provides a 180 degree field of view. A fisheye lens can be either circular or full frame, with the circular type taking a circular image with a black surround and the full frame fisheye lens taking a distorted image that fills the frame. Fisheye lenses produce alternative dramatic distorted images. But mind your feet!

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 66, Tilt-Shift Lenses Explained In Plain English In Less Than 10 Minutes.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast
Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

capture Telephoto Lenses Explained In Plain English In Less Than 10 Minutes. Hi and welcome to Episode 64 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Here is my answer
A telephoto lens offers a narrower field of view than a standard lens. The focal length of a telephoto lens is greater than a standard lens, and more than 50mm on a full frame camera. Telephoto lenses are used to capture distant objects, and to isolate features in a scene. Telephoto lenses are used for wildlife, sports, landscape photography - anything where you want to zoom in!

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 65, Fisheye Lenes Explained In Plain English In Less Than 10 Minutes.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Wide Angle Lens Explained In Plain English In Less Than 10 Minutes. Hi and welcome to Episode 63 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Here is my answer
A wide angle lens offers a wider field of view than a standard lens. The focal length of a wide angle lens is less than a standard lens, less than 50mm on a full frame camera. Wide angle lenses are used to capture more of a scene, a wider view, and are used in a variety of photographic genres. The smaller the focal length number, the wider the field of view the lens provides.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 64, Telephoto Lenses Explained In Plain English In Less Than 10 Minutes.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

What Are Standard Lenses? Let Me Tell You In Plain English. Hi and welcome to Episode 62 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. And not Google.

Here is my answer
A standard lens in photography provides a field of view that is similar to that seen by the human eye. The focal length of a standard lens depends on the size of the camera sensor. A full frame standard lens has a 50mm focal length, a cropped sensor camera 75-80mm focal length and on a micro four thirds camera a 100mm focal length. Standard lenses are fast, small, cheap and lightweight and are excellent general purpose lenses.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 63, Wide Angle Lens Explained In Plain English In Less Than 10 Minutes.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Should I Buy A Prime Or A Zoom Lens? This Is Exactly What I Think. Hi and welcome to Episode 61 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. Not Google. Well there might be the odd thing that I had to look up but mainly this is stuff that I know.

Here is my answer

Here are 10 things to think about before deciding whether to buy a prime lens or a zoom lens.

What is the lens for?
Quality
Maximum aperture
Budget
Current needs
Size
Weight
Benefits of prime lenses
Benefits of zoom lenses
Future needs

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 62, What Are Standard Lenses? Let Me Tell You In Plain English.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

What Is A Kit Lens? What You Need To Know Without The Irrelevant Detail!. Hi and welcome to Episode 60 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. Not Google. Well there might be the odd thing that I had to look up but mainly this is stuff that I know.

Here is my answer
A kit lens is a camera lens normally sold with a camera body as part of a starter kit. The most commonly sold kit lens is the 18-55mm lens, although other focal length kit lenses are sold. Kit lenses are at the lower end of the price and quality ranges, and are aimed at new photographers looking to upgrade from phones and fixed lens cameras. There is no formal definition of what a kit lens is.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 61, Should I Buy A Prime Or A Zoom Lens? This Is Exactly What I Think.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

What Is A Zoom Lens Explained In Plain English In Less Than 10 Minutes. Hi and welcome to Episode 59 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. Not Google. Well there might be the odd thing that I had to look up but mainly this is stuff that I know.

Here is my answer
A zoom lens is a camera lens that has a variable focal length. Zoom lenses offer photographers greater flexibility over fixed, or prime lenses. Zoom lenses enable photographers to carry less camera lenses due to the variable focal lengths, and change lenses less often. Zoom lenses can provide excellent quality images.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 60, What Is A Kit Lens Explained In Plain English In Less Than 10 Minutes.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

What Is A Prime Lens Explained In Plain English In Less Than 10 Minutes. Hi and welcome to Episode 58 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. Not Google. Well there might be the odd thing that I had to look up but mainly this is stuff that I know.

Here is my answer
A prime lens is a lens that has a fixed focal length. Prime lenses are generally smaller, lighter and have larger maximum apertures than zoom lenses. Prime lenses generally provide higher quality images than zoom lenses, with less potential optical errors due to the parts in the lens being fixed.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 59, What Is A Zoom Lens Explained In Plain English In Less Than 10 Minutes.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Camera Lenses Explained For Beginners - 15 Things You Need To Know. Hi and welcome to Episode 57 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. Not Google. Well there might be the odd thing that I had to look up but mainly this is stuff that I know.

Here is my answer
Here are 15 things that you need to know about camera lenses

Why are there so many different lenses?
Fixed lenses
Zoom lenses
Standard lense
Wide angle lense
Telephoto lense
Crop factor
Specialist lenses
Aperture
Depth of field
Quality
Cost
Re sell value
Does every camera have interchangeable lenses?
Camera mounts
What Do I Use?

(OK - there are 16 things!)

My one line explanation
Camera lenses provide endless creative opportunities for photographers.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 58, Prime Lens Photography Explained in Plain English In Less Than 10 Minutes.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

What Is A Mirrorless Camera? Hi and welcome to Episode 56 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m Rick, and in each episode I will explain one photographic thing in plain English in less than 10 minutes (ish) without the irrelevant details. What I tell you is based on my lifetime of photographic experience. Not Google. Well there might be the odd thing that I had to look up but mainly this is stuff that I know.

Here is my answer
**A mirrorless camera has a sensor that is permanently exposed to light. When taking a photo a shutter covers the sensor, and then opens and closes to expose the image for a time duration set by the shutter speed. The viewfinder on a mirrorless camera is electronic. Mirrorless cameras do not have mirrors or the pentaprism found on DSLR cameras, so are smaller and lighter than DSLRs.

Or put it another way – a mirrorless camera does not have a mirror in it!**

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 57, Camera Lenses Explained For Beginners - 15 Things You Need To Know

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 55 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - What Does DSLR Mean? More Baffling Stuff Explained In Less Than 10 Minutes.
Here is my answer

A DSLR is a digital single lens reflex camera. Digital refers to the sensor in the camera which takes digital images – not film. Single lens is the camera lens that you look through when you are taking a photo. Reflex is the pentaprism and mirror arrangement built into the camera that enables you to look through the camera lens rather than a separate viewfinder.

So I guess this makes sense, even if it feels like an odd term for a camera.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 56. 56. What Is A Mirrorless Camera?

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 54 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - What Is A Medium Format Camera?
Here is my answer

A medium format camera is a camera with a sensor which is larger than a full frame camera. A medium format camera take photos with higher image quality, resolution and detail. As well as having a larger sensor the pixels are larger meaning more light is captured giving increased tonal information. Medium format cameras capture a wider dynamic range than full frame cameras.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast 55. What Does DSLR Mean? More Baffling Stuff Explained In Less Than 10 Minutes

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 53 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - What Is A Cropped Sensor Camera Explained In Less Than 10 Minutes
Here is my answer

A cropped sensor camera has a smaller sensor than a full frame camera. Cropped sensor cameras are generally cheaper and smaller than full frame cameras. Cropped sensor cameras have a crop factor applied to the focal length of any lens, meaning that 50mm on a full frame camera is effectively circa 80mm on a cropped sensor camera. Cropped sensor cameras have a greater depth of field than full frame cameras.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast PE54 - What Are Medium And Large Format Cameras?

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 52 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - What Is A Micro Four Thirds Camera?
Here is my answer

A micro four thirds (MFT) camera is a mirrorless camera which has a smaller sensor size than full frame and cropped sensor cameras. The micro four thirds system was created by Olympus and Panasonic, and shares a common lens mount available to third party manufacturers. MFT cameras are generally smaller and lighter than other mirrorless and DLSR cameras, and are an excellent alternative providing high quality imagery.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast PE53 - What Is A Cropped Sensor Camera?

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 51 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - What Is A Full Frame Camera?
Here is my answer

A full frame camera has a sensor size which is 36mm x 24mm. This is exactly the same size as the film in a 35mm film camera. Typically SLR cameras used 35mm film, so when digital cameras were introduced the camera film was replaced with a sensor of the same dimensions. Full frame cameras used to only be DSLRs, but now you can get full frame mirrorless cameras.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast PE52 - What Is A Full Frame Camera?

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 50 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - PE50 - 11 Things I Wish I Knew When I Started In Photography
Here is my answer

Here are the 11 things I wish I knew when I started in photography.

Learn about composition.
Just get down take photos
learn to use the gear I have
Don't worry about other gear.
Learn one piece of software properly.
Try lots of things.
Then become excellent at the one thing you enjoy.
Get a critique.
Get out and take photos more.
Don't worry about stuff
Lastly, be yourself and be true to yourself.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast PE51 - What Is A Full Frame Camera?

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 49 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - My Step By Step Guide To How I Apply Metadata To Photos In Lightroom
Here is my answer

Metadata in photography refers to data about an image. Metadata comes into three main categories

1 – Camera settings and all that other good stuff from the camera. This is generally recorded by the camera at the time of image capture.

2 – To describe a photo in words. This is generally added to a file on a computer or other device

3 – Rights info - don’t copy my photo – that kind of thing – again generally added after image capture.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast PE50 - 11 Things I Wish I Knew When I Started In Photography.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 48 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - My Step By Step Guide To How I Organise My Photos in Lightroom
Here is my answer

My photos are organised in a logical, structured fashion in a single Lightroom Catalogue. The management and organisation of my photos has been built into my workflow. I am able to find photos taken anywhere at any time quickly and easily, and I also know where new photos are in my workflow.Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast PE49 – Step By Step Guide To How I Apply Metadata To My Photos In Lightroom.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 47 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - My Step By Step Guide To How I Edit My Photos In Lightroom
Here is my answer

I edit my photos Lightroom in using my well refined workflow. I import the photos into Lightroom, and apply my own import presets, which are things that I do to every image, which Lightroom does for me. I start in the Basic panel in the Develop Module, and work though the panels in a logical way. I edit my photos to enhance the photo that I have taken to present the image the best I can.Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast PE48 – Step By Step Guide To How I Organise My Photos In Lightroom.

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 46 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - My Step By Step Guide To How I Get The Photos Off My Camera (Safely and Securely)
Here is my answer

I get the photos off my camera by inserting the memory card directly into a slot on my PC. I import the photos into Lightroom, which at the same time makes a back up of the import on a separate hard drive. I apply some presets to the photos in Lightroom, and also carry out a cloud back up. I copy the photos to a hard drive stored off site before I delete the photos from the memory card. I always have three separate sets of images in separate locations.Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast PE48 – Step By Step Guide To How I Edit My Photos in Lightroom

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 45 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - My Step By Step Guide To How I Take A Photo
Here is my answer

I follow these steps for every photo that I take, which enables me to produce consistently high quality photos which all have my look, feel and style. Follow these steps whenever you take photos and you might see an improvement in your photography just as I did when I started to use a more considered approach to image capture.Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast PE46 – Step By Step Guide To How I Get The Photos Off My Camera

What to ask a question?Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blogCheck out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.
· Rate and review my podcast
· Subscribe
· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 44 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - My Step By Step Guide To How I Set Up My Camera

Here is my answer

I set up my camera with my preferred settings before every shoot to ensure that I am fully equipped and prepared, and am able to concentrate on taking photos and nothing else. This set up enables me to take consistently high quality photos which all have the same look and feel. This is one of the ways that I recreate my own style on every shoot.Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast PE45 – Step By Step Guide To How I Take A Photo

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 43 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - Step By Step Guide To How I Prepare My Photography Gear

Here is my answer

I prepare my photography gear systematically to ensure that I am always fully prepared for a shoot. Here are the 10 steps that I go through.

Decide which gear I need.
Pack spares in a separate bag
Clean everything
Charge my batteries
Format memory cards and put in yellow case
Choose a bag
Pack the gear I need
Pack the spares bag(s)
Pack the other odd stuff
Check the other stuff

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained PE44 – Step By Step Guide To How I Set Up My Camera

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 42 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - What Are The Steps In Photography - Part 1 - The General Steps.

Here is my answer

What are the steps in photography? Here are my 10 steps – follow these and you will have a good grounding in photography

Learn your camera
Learn composition
Light - photography is drawing with light
Exposure
Focus
Practise
Try things
Niche down
Editing
Review your work - critiques
Other gear
Enjoy

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast PE43 - Step By step Guide To How I Prepare My Photography Gear.

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 41 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - What Are The Other Types Of Photography?

Well I listed the 20 main types of photography in episode 32, and have spoken about some of them, but not all of them. So lets wrap this up

2 – DocumentaryI did not cover this - Now this is the best way I can describe this is those people who are like war photographers, people who go into these places of incredible danger and conflict. This is where documentary photography is for me.

3 – EventI did not get into this, but basically this could be any kind of social or corporate event. It is not an area that I have ever worked in.

4 – FashionIf you knew me you would know that this is not my thing – I am a jeans and t-shirt kind of guy!

5 – FoodThis a technical specialism that involves lots of detailed planning and setting up, and potentially intricate lighting and props.

So not for me at the moment.

8 – MacroLike food photography but covering a wide range of subjects. I bough a macro lens once but never used it so I sold it.

9 - New-born, 10 - Portrait, 11 – PeopleThese are all photographing people. Not my bag.

12 – PhotojournalismStill a need for this but I believe a lot less than there used to be.

14 – SportsI have had a go at this and loved but it this is I believe a very competitive market to make money in. I don’t envy the photographers I see at football matches – it looks like hard work to me!

15 - Still lifeSimilar to food photography, only different subject matters.

16 – StockI was going to cover this be decided not as this is as far as I am concerned a shrinking market that I would not direct anyone into – I might be wrong but I have had very little success.

18 – WeatherThis to me is a part of other types of photography. So I will not go into it any more here.

20 - WildlifeA fascinating area of photography, but one that I am struggling to write about as you need somewhere to go and animals to photograph.

I also covered construction photography in Episode 34 which was not actually on the list, but that is fine as this is what I do.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?
Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast PE42 - What Are The Steps In Photography - Part 1 - The General Steps

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 40 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - What Is Product Photography?

Here is my answer

Product photography is the specialism of photographing products to show them at their best for display, sale and marketing purposes. Product photography is used to allow buyers to make informed decisions about the purchase of products. Product photography is a key part of the marketing of products online, with excellent product photography allowing products to stand out.Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast PE41 – What About The Other Types Of Photography?

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 39 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - What Is Street Photography?

Here is my answer

Street photography is photographing public places and people in public places going about their daily business. Street photography often takes place without the knowledge of the subject, making the images look natural. Street photography is also known as candid photography. Street photography is a specialist genre of photography.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 40 – What Is Product Photography?

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 38 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - What Is Travel Photography?

Here is my answer

Travel photography is the art of capturing all aspects of a place to inspire others to go there. Travel photography captures and conveys the physical location, landscape, people, and culture. Travel photography educates people not able to visit a location by providing interesting and informative photographs that convey what a place is really like. Travel photography should make you want to be in that place.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 39 – What Is Street Photography!

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 37 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - What Is Landscape Photography?

Here is my answer

Landscape photography is the art of capturing all aspects of the environment with a camera. Landscape photography can capture a wide range of subjects from wide open spaces to small details within the environment. Landscape photography can also capture both natural and man-made forms and their interrelationships, impacts and tensions. Landscape photography could be called outdoor photography.Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 38 – What Is Travel Photography! Nice!

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 36 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - What Is Wedding Photography?

Here is my answer

Wedding photography is the specialism of photographing weddings. A wedding photographer is commissioned usually by the couple getting married to record the day of the wedding. This includes preparations for the ceremony, arrival of the couple and guests at the ceremony , the wedding ceremony itself and the post ceremony celebrations. Wedding photography can also include pre-wedding engagement shoots.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast PE37 – What Is Landscape Photography?

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 35 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - What Is Industrial Photography?

Here is my answer

Industrial photography is the specialism of photographing industrial plant, equipment, processes, facilities, products, services, and also the people who work in this sector. Industrial photography images are used to promote business products and services to customers on websites and in marketing and promotional materials.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 36 – Wedding Photography! Yikes!

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 34 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - What Is Construction Photography?

Here is my answer

Construction photography is a specialist area of photography where photographs are taken of a construction project. Construction photography can document any or all of the phases of the construction process including

Pre-construction
Construction phase
Practical completion
Post construction
Demolition
And also during renovation and refurbishment works

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 35 – What is industrial photography?

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 33 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - What Is Architectural Photography?

Here is my answer

Architectural photography is the specialism of photographing buildings and structures. The building or structure is the main subject of the photo, and the photographs are used to show the subject in an aesthetically pleasing and technically correct way.

And yes this is the thing that I do so I am excited to talk about it here.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 34 – What is construction photography?

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 32 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - What Are The 20 Most Popular Types of Photography?

Here is my answer

The 20 most popular types of photography are

Architectural photography
Documentary photography
Event photography
Fashion photography
Food photography
Industrial photography
Landscape photography
Macro photography
New-born photography
Portrait photography
People, animals, Seniors(?) photography
Photojournalism photography
Product photography
Sports photography
Still life photography
Stock photography
Street photography
Weather photography
Wedding photography
Wildlife photography

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast PE33 – What Is Architectural Photography?

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 31 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - What Are The Different Camera Modes?

Here is my answer

Camera modes fall into three categories, automatic modes, semi-automatic modes and manual mode. In manual mode you choose all the settings, in semi-automatic modes you choose one setting and the camera chooses the others and in automatic modes the camera chooses all the settings. The settings camera modes select determine the success of the image capture exposure.

Listen for more, or check out the trainscript and even the blog post - so many ways!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 32 – What Are The Most Popular Types of Photography?

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 30 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - What Have We Learned About Exposure?

Just a quick recap.

Exposure is the amount of light that reaches the camera sensor. The amount of light that reaches a camera sensor is controlled by the amount of time the shutter is open (shutter speed) and the amount of light that passes though the opening in the lens (aperture). The third part of exposure is the sensitivity of the camera sensor to light, which is determined by the ISO selected.

What’s next?

Photography Explained Podcast Episode 31 – What Are The Different Camera Modes?

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 29 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode

Exposure compensation is a feature in cameras allowing you to quickly adjust the suggested camera settings to get a better exposure than would be achieved with the suggested camera settings. On a Canon DSLR this is done simply by rotating the quick control wheel on the back of the camera.

What’s next?

Photography Explained Podcast Episode PE30 – What Have We Learned About Exposure?

What to ask a question?

Head over to my Photography Explained page and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 28 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode

5 Practical Applications Of The Exposure TriangleIn this episode I am going to give you 5 practical applications of the exposure triangle. These examples tell you how to use the exposure triangle to correct a photo that is too light and one that is too dark. I also tell you how to use the exposure triangle to get a correct exposure with a faster and slower shutter speed. And I tell you what I do.

What’s next?

Photography Explained Podcast Episode 29 – What is Exposure Compensation?

What to ask a question?

Head over to my Photography Explained page and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 27 of the Photography Explained podcast.I’m Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode What Is The Exposure Triangle?This is my answer

The exposure triangle is the combination of the camera shutter speed and aperture setting which control the amount of light that reaches the camera sensor when you take a photograph, and the ISO. The ISO controls the sensitivity of the camera sensor to light. When applied correctly these settings will enable a correct exposure to be achieved.

Check out this episode for more

What’s next?

Photography Explained Podcast Episode 28 – 5 Practical Applications Of The Exposure Triangle

What to ask a question?

Head over to my Photography Explained page and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 26 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - What Does ISO Actually Stand For In Photography?

Here is my answer

ISO in photography refers to the sensitivity of your camera sensor to light. The higher the ISO number, the more sensitive your sensor is to light. The lower the ISO number, the less sensitive your sensor is to light. A low ISO setting is generally better than a high ISO setting. ISO is one of the three elements of the exposure triangle, the others being aperture and shutter.Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast PE27 – What Is The Exposure Triangle? (Revisited)

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 25 of the Photography Explained podcast. In this episode – Happy New Year.

I’m your host Rick and each week I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes without the irrelevant details. My aim is to explain things in just enough detail to help us with our photography and no more.

That is in a normal episode. But not this one.

This is just me wishing you a Happy New Year, and that we all have a better 2021 after all that 2020 has brought us.

Please join me on my podcast and my blog in 2021 as I explain photography stuff one bit at a time, in plain English and without the irrelevant detail.

Stay safe

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode - PE26 – What Does ISO Stand For In Photography?

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 24 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - What does Shutter Mean In Photography?

Here is my answer

The shutter in a camera controls the amount of time the camera sensor is exposed to light. When you press the shutter release button the shutter raises and lets light into the sensor. You set the shutter speed which is the amount of time the shutter is open and the sensor is exposed to light.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast PE25 - Happy New Year, followed by PE26 – What Does ISO Stand For In Photography?

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 23 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - What Is Aperture In Photography?

Here is my answer

In photography, when we talk about the aperture we are referring to the opening in the camera lens through which light passes when you take a photo. The aperture, combined with the camera shutter, controls the amount of light that reaches the camera sensor when you take a photo.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode PE24 – What Does Shutter Mean In Photography?

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi, everybody, welcome to Episode 22 of the photography explained podcast in this episode, I wish you a Merry Christmas.

I'm your host, Rick, and each week I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes without the irrelevant details. My aim is to explain things in just enough detail to help with us our photography and no more.

In this episode I just want to wish each and every one of you a Merry Christmas, and I hope that you have a safe and enjoyable break.

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast - PE23 – What Is Aperture In Photography?

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 21 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - What Does Exposure Mean In Photography?

Here is my answer

In photography, the exposure is the amount of light that reaches the camera sensor. The amount of light that reaches the sensor is controlled how long the sensor is exposed to light (shutter), and the amount of light let through the opening in the lens (aperture). These two factors combine with the sensitivity of the sensor (ISO) to create an exposure.Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast, PE22 - Merry Christmas, followed by PE23 – What Is Aperture In Photography?

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 38 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - What Is Travel Photography?

Here is my answer

What am I going to be talking about in upcoming episodes?

Here's a list. I like my lists

Exposure
Aperture
Shutter speed
ISO
The exposure triangle (revisited)
Focus
Depth of field
Focal length

There's lots of other things I can talk about, and will talk about but, we (I) have to start somewhere.

Having spent quite a lot of time on some very fundamental parts of photography, I would like to go through what are the next fundamental things

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 21 – What Does Exposure Mean In Photography?

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 19 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - The Number 1 Way To Improve Your Photography

Here is my answer

The number one way to improve your photography is simply to get out and take photos. It really is that simple. Nothing else will improve your photography more than getting out and taking photos. When you go out and take photos, you are applying everything that you've learned to the process of creating new images.Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 20 – Let's Get Technical!

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 38 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - What Are The Qualities Of A Good Photo?

Here is my answer

A good photo has some or all of the following qualities

Is interesting
Captures a moment
Makes the viewer want to know more
Tells a story
Is well composed
Has depth and balance
Has no distractions
Has good light
Is technically correct
Has correct exposure
Has accurate colours
Has correct focus
Has correct depth of field
Is subtly processed
And looks natural

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 18 – What Are The Qualities Of A Good Photo?

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show (https://www.buymeacoffee.com/Rickmcevoy)

View Details

I’m Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode

What Time Of Day Is Best To Take Photos?

The best time of day to take photos is not just golden hour or blue hour, sunset or sunrise. Sure these are great times to take photos, but life is not always that simple. Sometimes I have to take photos at noon due to commercial pressures, and sometimes in dull flat light. Sure pick those great times of the day when you can, but this is not always an option.

Photography is not just about taking photos in great light, it is also about making the best of rubbish light because you have to.

Check out the episode web page for more info.

What to ask a question?

Head over to my Photography Explained page and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 16 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - Take More Interesting Photos?

Here is my answer

To take more interesting photos, you need to think about the subject that you are photographing, how you can come up with the most interesting composition, and execute the image capture correctly. The most important thing is what you are photographing, and how you compose the image.Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 17 – What Time Of Day Is Best To Take Photos?

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 15 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - Foreground, Middleground, Background

Here is my answer

The foreground element should be the first thing that the viewer sees, with the middleground being next. These two elements when combined correctly, take the viewers eye naturally to the background which provides a sense of depth and further interest to the viewer. When you carefully combine the foreground, middleground and background in a composition you will be creating a better photo. Get these elements right and you create an interesting photo, giving a 2D image a sense of depth.Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 16 – Take more interesting photos.

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

Welcome to Episode 14 of the photography explained podcast.

I’m Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

**In this episode - What Rules Of Composition Do I Use?

I use the following rules of composition for my architectural and construction photography work to help me get the best compositions I can.**

Rule of thirds
Depth of field
Diagonals and triangles
Foreground interest and depth
High or low viewpoints
Leading Lines
Reducing clutter
Scale and hierarchy
Simplicity and minimalism

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 15 – Foreground, Middleground, Background

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 13 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - What Are The Rules Of Composition?

Here is my answer

The rules of composition are for me not really rules but are proven, helpful techniques that can help us all improve our compositions. The rules are based on sound artistic and aesthetic principles, and can help us all create more pleasing and aesthetic photos. Composition is the most important thing when taking a photo, and an excellent composition will make a photo, whilst a poor composition will break a photo. Learn to use the rules, apply the ones that work for you, and break them when you are ready to.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 14 – What Rules Of Composition Do I Use?

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 12 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - Why Is Composition So Important?Here is my answer

The composition of a photograph is important as it determines the success or otherwise of a photograph. Composition is the arranging of the elements in an image to provide the viewer with an aesthetically pleasing viewing experience.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 13 – What are the rules of composition?

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 11 of the Photography Explained podcast. In this episode – 10 photography things explained quickly

I’m your host Rick and each week I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes without the irrelevant details. My aim is to explain things in just enough detail to help us with our photography and no more.

10 Photography Things Explained Quickly
They are

Exposure
Metering
File format
JPEG
RAW
AF
Depth of field
Focal length
Focus
White Balance

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 12 – Why Composition Is So Important?

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 10 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - What Have We Learned So Far?

Here is my answer

What have we learned, briefly, and without any irrelevant detail - I must not forget that point!

What photography is
How a camera works
How to take a photo
What the exposure triangle is
Do we need cameras in 2020?
The fundamentals of cameras
And how to learn how to use a camera

And I have learned

To relax and enjoy recording episodes
To not take this too seriously
To try to explain things in a logical order- exposure triangle was far too early in the series
To try and introduce more me to each episode, more ad libs, jokes, that sort of thing

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast PE11 - 10 Photography Things Explained Quickly

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 9 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - How Can I Learn To Use My New Camera?

Here is my answer

The best way to learn to use your camera is to go through the camera manual from start to finish with your camera and try out all the things that you can do with your camera. Buy one book about your camera and learn the things that you want to learn. Go out with your camera and practise the things that you have learned. You should aim to be able to use your camera with your eyes closed – that is when you have learned to use your camera!Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast PE10 - Recap – What Have We Learned So Far?

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 8 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - Why Is Camera Sensor Size Important?

Here is my answer

The size of the camera sensor size defines the type of camera, the most popular ones being full frame, APS-C or micro four third cameras. The size of the camera sensor is a significant factor in the quality of images captured, with larger camera sensors generally recording more data and providing higher quality images. The size of the camera sensor is related to the cost of the camera – generally the larger the sensor the more expensive the camera.Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast PE9 - How Can I Learn To Use My New Camera?

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 7 of the Photography Explained podcast. In this episode – Which camera should I buy?

I’m your host Rick and each week I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes without the irrelevant details. My aim is to explain things in just enough detail to help us with our photography and no more.

You should buy the camera that is right for you. You need to think about

What you want to take photos of?
Is photography going to be a hobby or a business?
How much money you have to spend?
How much time to you have to invest in photography
New or old camera?
Film or digital?
Photos and video?
Will your phone do?

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode 8 - Why Is Camera Sensor Size Important?

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 6 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - What Are The Different Types Of Camera?

The different types of camera are

DSLR – Digital Single Lens Reflex
SLR - Single Lens Reflex
Mirrorless – Full Frame/ APS-C/ Micro Four Thirds
Go Pro/ action cameras
Compact
Medium format
Large Format
3D
360
Phone
Specialist

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast PE7 - What Camera Should I Buy?

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 5 of the Photography Explained podcast. In this episode – Do I really need a camera in 2020?

I’m your host Rick and each week I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes without the irrelevant details. My aim is to explain things in just enough detail to help us with our photography and no more.

Here is my answer
If you need a camera or not in 2020 depends what are your aims for your photography. Do you want to make a living from photography? Do you want to go professional? Do you want to learn advanced techniques? Or are you just happy wandering around taking photos with your phone? If you are happy with this then that is great, but if you want to develop your photography then yes you do need a camera in 2020.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast PE6 - What Are The Different Types Of Camera?

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 4 of the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick McEvoy and I explain one photographic thing per episode in plain English in less that 10 minutes without the irrelevant detail. I have well over 30 years of experience in photography so I do know what I am talking about!

In this episode - What Is The Exposure Triangle?

Here is my answer

The exposure triangle is the combination of three camera settings,

Aperture
Shutter
ISO

The combination of these three settings determines if the image taken is correctly exposed or not. Change any of these three settings and you change the exposure of an image. The exposure triangle is used to take creative photos using specific apertures and shutter speeds with the desired exposure.Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode PE5 - Do I Really Need A Camera In 2020?

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 3 of the Photography Explained podcast. This week – How to take a photo

I’m your host Rick and each week I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes without the irrelevant details. My aim is to explain things in just enough detail to help us with our photography and no more.

In this episode I give you some things to think about when you are taking a photo which will hopefully focus your and my mind and help us all to take better photos. The 9 things I talk about are

What are you taking a photo of?
Think about the composition
Choose the right lens
Get the exposure correct
Aperture
Shutter
ISO
Focussing
Different angles

And that’s it

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode PE4 - What Is The Exposure Triangle?

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to the Photography Explained podcast.

I’m your host Rick and each week I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes.

In this first episode of my brand new photography podcast I will introduce myself to you all and tell you what my podcast is all about.

Want to ask a question? Head over to my Photography Explained page and fill the form in and you are done!

Why Photography Explained? Well I listen to podcasts all the time but have never found a podcast that explains photography stuff to the level that I want things explaining.

That is one thing at a time and in plain English.

So I decided to start my own podcast, and here it is!

One thing before I start – this is take 2 of the introductory episode as the sound quality on take 1 was so poor I could not live with it.

What do I mean by photography thing? To be honest I couldn’t think of a better way of putting it. When I say thing I mean a single photographic thing. It could be a technical term, an acronym, a company or a product. Anything really. Hence thing.

**But one thing at a time. And without the irrelevant detail!

What to ask a question?**

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 1 of the Photography Explained podcast. This week – What is Photography?

I’m your host Rick and each week I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes without the irrelevant details. My aim is to explain things in just enough detail to help us with our photography and no more.

So what exactly is photography?

The word photography is made from two Greek words, photos which means light, and graphé which means drawing.

So photography is drawing with light.

What is photography to me?

Photography has been a huge part of my life since my early teens. And this is a long time ago I can assure you! Photography is the thing that I have spent my entire adult life studying, learning, practicing, sharing and enjoying. Photography has taken me to so many unique places and given me so many unforgettable experiences.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode PE2 - How Does A Camera Work?

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

View Details

Hi everybody. Welcome to Episode 2 of the Photography Explained podcast. This week – How does a camera actually work?

I’m your host Rick and each week I will try to explain one photographic thing to you in plain English in less than 10 minutes without the irrelevant details. My aim is to explain things in just enough detail to help us with our photography and no more.

Want to ask a question? Head over to my Photography Explained page and fill the form in and you are done!

OK so how does a camera actually work?
A camera is a lightproof box with an opening in it which allows light to pass through to the sensor where the image is recorded. The camera body is the box, the lens is the opening and the shutter is the thing that opens to let the light in. The lens foucsses the image on the sensor giving a high quality recording of the scene the camera is pointing at.

Listen for more, or check out the transcript and even the blog post - so many ways to find out more!

What’s next?

Glad you asked! In Photography Explained Podcast Episode PE3 - How To Take A Photo?

What to ask a question?

Head over to the Want Me To Explain Something? page on the Photography Explained website and fill the form in and you are done!

Check out my my blog

Check out my photography blog where you will find lots more photography stuff all written by me.

Did you enjoy this episode?

If you did please do the following, which will help me and not take too much time.

· Rate and review my podcast

· Subscribe

· Tell anyone you think might like my podcast

Thank you very much for listening and see you on the next episode.

Rick McEvoy – Photography Explained Podcast

Support the show

Photography Explained: Recent Episodes

Rick McEvoy

️⃣ Use the Rule of Thirds

photographyexplained #photographerseye #photographytips #learnphotography #compositiontips #decisivemoment #rickmcevoy

photographyexplained #photoediting #f

photographyexplained #trainyoureye #photographymindset #compositiontips #learnphotography #beginnerphotography #localphotography #findthelight #streetphotography #landscapephotography #rickmcevoy #photographytips #visualarts #photoskills #creativephotography #photographypodcast

PhotographyExplainedPodcast #LandscapePhotography #BeginnerPhotography #CompositionTips #CameraSettings #PhotographyTips #RickMcEvoy